NIST

PUBLlCATiONS

Special Publication 881-3

H

QC

100

.U57

NO. 881 -3

1995

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 850

Award Instrument

Implementation Convention

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Technology Administration

National Institute of

Standards and Technology
m he National Institute of Standards and Technology was established in 1988 by Congress to "assist industry

-M. in the development of technology . . . needed to improve product quality, to modernize manufacturing processes,

to ensure product reliability . . . and to facilitate rapid commercialization ... of products based on new scientific discoveries."

NIST, originally founded as the National Bureau of Standards in 1901, works to strengthen U.S. industry's

competitiveness; advance science and engineering; and improve public health, safety, and the environment. One of the agency's basic functions is to develop, maintain, and retain custody of the national standards of measurement, and

provide the means and methods for comparing standards used in science, engineering, manufacturing, commerce,

industry, and education with the standards adopted or recognized by the Federal Government.

As an agency of the U.S. Commerce Department's Technology Administration, NIST conducts basic and applied research in the physical sciences and engineering, and develops measurement techniques, test methods, standards, and

related services. The Institute does generic and precompetitive work on new and advanced technologies. NIST's

research facilities are located at Gaithersburg, MD 20899, and at Boulder, CO 80303. Major technical operating units and their principal activities are listed below. For more information contact the Public Inquiries Desk, 301-975-3058.

Office of the Director Manufacturing Engineering Laboratory

• Advanced Technology Program • Precision Engineering

• Quality Programs • Automated Production Technology

• International and Academic Affairs • Intelligent Systems

• Manufacturing Systems Integration

Technology Services • Fabrication Technology

• Manufacturing Extension Partnership

• Standards Services

T^l A. * J "mi A * 1 • • Electronics and Electrical Engineering

• Technology Commercialization Laboratory

• Measurement Services • Microelectronics

• Technology Evaluation and Assessment • Law Enforcement Standards

• Information Services • Electricity

• Semiconductor Electronics

Materials Science and Engineering • Electromagnetic Fields' T 1 A. Laboratory • Electromagnetic Technology'

• Intelligent Processmg or Materials • Optoelectronics'

• Ceramics

• Materials Reliability' Building and rire Research Laboratory

• Polymers • Structures

• Metallurgy • Building Materials

• Reactor Radiation • Building Environment

• Fire Safety

v.neinicai science ana lecnnoiogy • Fire Science

Laboratory

• Biotechnology Computer Systems Laboratory

• Chemical Kinetics and Thermodynamics • Office of Enterprise Integration

• Analytical Chemical Research • Information Systems Engineering

• Process Measurements^ • Systems and Software Technology

• Surface and Microanalysis Science • Computer Security

• Thermophysics^ • Systems and Network Architecture

• Advanced Systems

Physics Laboratory

• Electron and Optical Physics Computing and Applied Mathematics

• Atomic Physics Laboratory

• Molecular Physics • Applied and Computational Mathematics^

• Radiometric Physics • Statistical Engineering^

• Quantum Metrology • Scientific Computing Environments^

• Ionizing Radiation • Computer Services

• Time and Frequency' • Computer Systems and Communications^

• Quantum Physics' • Information Systems

'At Boulder. CO 80303. ^Some elements at Boulder, CO 80303.
NIST Special Publication 881-3

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 850

Award Instrument

Implementation Convention

Electronic Commerce Acquisition Program Management Office

Standard Management Committee - Secretariat

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001

Editor: Dr. Jean-Philippe Favreau

August 1995

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Ronald H. Brown, Secretary

Technology Administration

Mary L. Good, Under Secretary for Technology

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Arati Prabhakar, Director
Reports on Computer Systems Technology

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)'s Computer Systems Laboratory (CSL)

develops standard and guidelines, provides technical assistance, and conducts research for computers and

related telecommunications systems to advance the effective utilization of information technology

resources. As part of the overall federal effort to establish a single face to industry for conducting electronic

commerce, CSL has been designated as the organization responsible for coordinating the development of Federal Implementation Conventions (ICs) for Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). ICs are defined by

functional-area experts who create and select options from standard EDI Transaction Sets to yield the

implementations to be used for practical EDI. These ICs are made available to federal agencies and

industry by electronic means and this Special Publication Series.

National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication 881-3

Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. Spec. Publ. 881-3, 223 pages (August 1995)

CODEN: NSPUE2

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON: 1995

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

850 Purchase Order

Functional Group ID=PO

Introduction:

This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order

Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The

transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase

order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information.

Notes:

1. The term "award instrument" used in this convention includes, but is not limited to, the following terms: Agreement, Blanket Piu^chase Agreement, Contract, Basic Agreement, Basic Ordering Agreement, Grant,

Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity, Purchase Order, Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity, Requirements,

Letter Contract, Task Order, Lease, Release, Call, and Delivery Order.

2. This transaction set is used to issue an original award instrument. If buyer initiated changes need to be made to a procurement instrument, use the Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set. Seller requested changes are initiated using the Purchasing Order Change Acknowledgment/Request - Seller Initiated,

865 transaction set.

Heading:

N/U

NAJ

N/U

NAJ

NAJ

NAJ

Pos. No. 010 020

030 040

050

060 070

080

090

095

110

120

125

130

140

145

150

160

Seg. IDST

BEG

NTE

CUR

REF PER TAX

FOB

CTP

PAM

CSH

SAC

CUR

ITD

DIS INC DTM

LDT

Name

Transaction Set Header

Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Note/Special Instruction

Currency

Reference Numbers

Administrative Communications Contact Tax Reference

F.O.B. Related Instructions

Pricing Information

Period Amount

Header Sale Condition

Req.

Pes. M

M

FO

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Mai.Use

1

1

100

I >1

3>1

>1>1

10

5

Loop

Repeat

Notes and Comments

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information Currency

Tenns of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

Discount Detail

Installment Information

Date/Time Reference

Lead Time

5 20

1

10

12

35FED850 (003050) April 24. 1995
Federal 850 • Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N/U

N/U

N/U

N/U

N/U

180 LIN Item Identification O 5

185 SI Service Characteristic Identification O 2

190 PID Product/Item Description o 200

200 MEA Measurements o 40

210 PWK Paperwork o 25

220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading o 200

230 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 2

240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing SeQuenceAFransit Time) o 12 250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) o 12 260 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous o 5

Materials or Both) 270 MAN Marks and Numbers o 10 280 CTB Restrictions/ Conditions o 5 285 TXI Tax Information o >1

287 AMT Monetary Amount o

288 AT Financial Accounting o 1 289 REF Reference Numbers o >I

290

300

430

440

450

460

470 480

nl

N9

MSG

LOOP ID

Reference Number

Message Text

O

O

LM

LQ

SPI REF DTM

MSG

1000

310 Nl Name O I 320 N2 Additional Name Information o 2

330 N3 Address Information o 2

340 N4 Geographic Location o >1 N/U 345 NX2 Real Estate Property ID Component o 3

350 REF Reference Numbers o 12 360 PER Administrative Communications Contact 0 >1 N/U 370 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions o 1 N/U 380 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 2

390 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) o 12 N/U 400 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) o 12 410 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous o 5

Materials or Both) 420 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading o 200

LOOP m

Code Source Information

Industry Code

oM1 >i

Spectficauon Identifier

Reference Numbers

Date/Time Reference

Message Text

O I O 5 O 5 O SO

35FED850 2 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N/U

490 Nl Name O 1 500 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

510 N3 Address Information o 2

520 N4 Geographic Location o 1 530 REF Reference Numbers o 20 540 G61 Contact o 1 550 MSG Message Text o 50

560

570

580

590

600

CBl REF DTM

LDT

MSG

LOOP rn -CHI

Contract and Cost Accounting StantUrds L)aia

Reference Numbers

Date/Time Reference

Lead Time

Message Text

1 20

5

1

50

Detail:

Pos. No.

070

090

100

110

Seg. ID Name

Req.

Pes. Mai.Use

Loop Notes and

Repeat Comments

010 POl Baseline Item Data M n2 N/U 018 SI Service Characteristic Identification O

N/U 020

025

CUR

CNl

Currency

Contract Information

O

o

030 P03 Additional Item Detail o 25 040 CTP Pricing Information o >1 N/U 045 PAM Period Amount o 10 049 MEA Measurements o 40

Product/Item lJcs,Lription \m ' .

'

050 FID (J 1 N/U 060 MEA Measurements o 10 PWK

P04

REF PER

Paperwork

Item Physical Details

Reference Numbers

Administrative Communications Contact

25

>1

>1

3

130 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge O 1 Information N/U 135 CUR Currency O 1

140 IT8 Conditions of Sale o 1

150 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale o 2

160 DIS Discount Detail o 20 N/U 165 INC Installment Information o 1 N/U 170 TAX Tax Reference o >1

180 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 >1

190 SDQ Destination Quantity o 500 N/U 200 IT3 Additional Item Data o 5

35FED850 3 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N/U

N/U

N/U

N/U

210

235 240

250

260

270

280

289

322

323 324

325 326

327

330

335 340

DTM

TC2

TDl

TD5

TD3

TD4

MAN

MSG

291 SPI

292 TXI

295 SCH

N/U 296 TDl

N/U 297 TD5

N/U 298 TD3

N/U 299 TD4

300 PKG

N/U 310 MEA

320 LS

321 LDT

QTY

MSG

REF

LM

LQ

LE

N9

MEA

MSG

Date/Time Reference Commodity

Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight)

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both) Marks and Numbers

Message Text

Specification Identifier Tax Information

o 10 o 2 o 1 o 12 o 12 o 5 o 10 o >1 o >1 o >1 IXX>PID*SCH

Line Item Schedule O

Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) O

Carrier Details (Equipment) O

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous O

Materials or Both)

1

2

12

12

5

Marking, Packaging, Loadmg

Measurements

1

>1

Loop Header

Lead I ime

Quantity

Message Text

Reference Numbers

o 1 o >1 o 1 o 3 LOOP m -

Code Source Information

Industry Code

>1 oM

I >1

Loop Trailer LOOP ID- am

Reference Number

Measurements

Message Text

o

oo

1

40

1000

ID m 2(30 350 Nl Name O 1 360 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

370 N3 Address Information o 2

380 N4 Geographic Location o 1 N/U 385 NX2 Real Estate Property ID Component o 3 390 REF Reference Numbers o 12 400 PER Administrative Communications Contact o 3 N/U 410 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions o I 415 SCH Line Item Schedule o 200

35FED850 4 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

N/U 420 TDl

430 TD5

N/U 440 TD3

450 TD4

460 PKG

462 LDT

464 MAN

466 QTY

468 MSG

469 REF

N/U 470 SLN

N/U 480 SI NAJ 490 PID N/U 500 P03

N/U 505 TC2

N/U 510 SAC

N/U 515 CUR

N/U 520 DTM

N/U 522 CTP

N/U 523 PAM

N/U 524 P04

N/U 527 TAX

N/U 530 Nl

N/U 540 N2

N/U 550 N3

N/U 560 N4

N/U 570 NX2

N/U 580 REF

N/U 590 PER

600 AMT

610 REF

620 LM

630 LQ

Summary:

Pos. Seg. No. ID

010 CTT

Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) O

Carrier Details (Equipment) O

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous O

Materials or Both) Marking, Packaging, Loading O

2

12

12

5

200

Lead Time

Marks and Numbers

Quantity

Message Text

Reference Numbers

uO

O

o

6

10

5

1

3 imp mi

Sublme Item Detail

Service Characteristic Identification

Product/Item Description

Additional Item Detail Commodity

mm

O 1 o

o

o

o

5

1000

104

2

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge O 1 Information Currency O 1

Date/Time Reference o 10

Pricing Information o 25

Period Amount o 10

Item Physical Details o 1 Tax Reference o 3

Name

Additional Name Information

Address Information

Geographic Location

Real Estate Property ID Component

Reference Numbers

Administrative Communications Contact

O

O

O

o

o

o

o

1

22

1

3

12

3

Monetary Amount

Reference Numbers

1 o

o

Code Source Information

Industry Code

O

M

1 >1

Req. Loop Notes and Name Pes. Mai.Use Repeat Comments

Transaction Totals M 1 n4

35FED850 5 April 24, 1995
Federal 8S0 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

020 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 n3 030 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes

1. If segment LIN is used, do not use LINOl.

2. PO102 is required.

3. The SCH segment is used to specify various quantities of items ordered that are to be scheduled. When this segment is used the unit of measurement code (SCH02) should always be identical to the unit of

measurement code in the associated POl segment (PO103) and the stun of values of quantity (SCHOl)

should always equal the quantity ordered (PO102) in the POl segment.

4. The number of line items (CTTOl) is the accumulation of the munber of POl segments. If used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each POl segment.

5. If AMT is used in the summary area, then AMTOl will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction

amount as calculated by the sender.

35FED850 6 April 24, 1995
Fedaal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

ST Transaction Set Header

010

Heading

Mandatory

1To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

1 The transaction set identifier (STOl) used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810

selects the invoice transaction set).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. M STOl

M ST02

Data

Element

143

329

Name Attributes

Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3

Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set. 850 X12.1 Purchase Order

Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This unique control number is assigned by the originator ofthe transaction set or by the originator's application program. This number is carried in SE02.

35FED850 7 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

020

Heading

Mandatory

1To indicate the beginning of the purchase order transaction set and transmit identifying

numbers and dates.

1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.

M

Ref. Pes. BEGOl

Data

Element

353

Data Element Summary

Name

Transaction Set Purpose Code

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Use to identify the purpose ofthe transaction set.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

00 Original

Use to indicate an original award instrument. When

this code is used, changes to the award instrument can

be only made with a Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set. 07 Duplicate

Use to indicate a re-transmission ofan original 850

transaction set. 22 Information Copy

Use to indicate an information copy ofan original

award instrument. This information copy is sent to addressees other than the selling party.

24 Draft Use to indicate a draft award instrument (850

transaction set) is being sent to the selling party.

M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of Purchase Order.

Use to identify the type ofaward instrument represented by this transaction set.

BL Bailment

EO Emergency Order

Acquires what is needed no matter what the cost; different from a rush order in that rush utilizes the normal channels as quickly as possible

When this code is used, TD512 can be used to specify

transportation requirements to satisfy the order. KA Agreement

Use to indicate cooperative agreements and other

35FED850 8 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

agreements.

KB Blanket Purchase Agreement

A charge account established with qualified sources of

supply to satisfy repetitive requirements

KC Contract A legally binding document wherein one party agrees

to provide supplies or services and another party agrees

to provide compensation for the supplies or services KD Basic Agreement

A written instrument of understanding that contemplates separate future contracts KE Basic Ordering Agreement

A document which contains terms and conditions, a

description of supplies or services to be provided and

metliods of pricing, issuing, and delivering orders under this agreement

KG Grant

KI Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity

A contract that provides for a minimum quantity and

an indefinite maximum quantity within stated limits KN Purchase Order

Procurement instrument within the small purchasing

threshold KQ Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity

A contract that provides for delivery of a specified

quantity over a fixed period of time to unspecified

locations KR Requirements

A contract to provide all specified requirements of

designated organizations for a fixed period of time

KS Letter Contract KT Task Order

LS Lease Use to indicate a lease agreement as the type ofaward

instrument. When an equipment rental is awarded

pursuant to another type ofinstrument (purchase order,

delivery order, contract, etc.), use the appropriate

listed code in this data element and use code ER in BEG10.

RL Release or Delivery Order

An order for goods and services placed against a preexisting contract or blanket order Use to indicate a release, call or delivery order against

existing contracts. M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22

Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser.

Enter the purchase order number, contract number (including Federal Supply

Schedules, GSA Schedules and all other basic contracts), BPA number., Grant, Lease or Agreement number. This is always the Procurement Instrument

35FED850 9 April 24. 1995
Fe(ieral 850 - Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

Identification Number (PUN) fi)r DOD or the equivalent expressionfor Civilian Agencies. This is never the number ofa delivery order, call or release against a basic award instrument. That number is carried in BEG04. This number

shall be transmitted without dashes.

M BEG05

BEG04 328 Release Number O AN 1/30

Number identifying a release against a Piirchase Order previously placed by the

parties involved in the transaction. Enter the number ofa release, call or delivery order against a basic award

instrument. This is always the Supplemental Procurement Instrument

Identification Number (SPUN) for DOD or the equivalent expression for

Civilian Agencies. This number shall be transmitted without dashes. 373 Date M DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Enter the effective date ofthe award instrument. Ifboth BEG03 and BEG04

contain a number, enter the date ofthe delivery order, call or release identified

in BEG04. IfBEG04 does not contain a number, enter the date ofthe award

instrument identified in BEG03.

BEG06 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30 Contract number.

Use to identify the Small Business Administration (SBA) contract numberfor an 8a set-aside. The SBA office issuing this contract is cited in the I/Nl/310

segment by use ofcode C9 in NlOl.

BEG07 587 Acknowledgment Type O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of acknowledgment.

Acknowledgments are made using the Purchase Order Acknowledgment, 855

transaction set. Functional acknowledgments (e.g., use ofthe 997 transaction

set) are always required in accordance with the Federal Trading Partner Agreement.

AC

X BEG08

AD

AK

AT

1019 Invoice Type Code

Acknowledge - With Detail and Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 850

transaction set is required using the available segments

in the 855 transaction set and re-transmitting the same

data in corresponding segments in the 850 transaction

set. Changes are permitted.

Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 850

transaction set is required using the available segments

in the 855 transaction set and re-transmitting the same

data in corresponding segments in the 850 transaction

set without change.

Acknowledge - No Detail or Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 850

transaction set is required using only the mandatory

segments in the 855 transaction set. Accepted Use to indicate that acceptance or rejection ofthis 850

transaction set is required.

O ID 3/3

Code defining tlie method by which invoices are to be processed.

35FED850 10 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. BEG09 1166 Contract Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type Use to identify the type ofpricing arrangement applicable to the award

instrument. Ifthere are line items that have a different pricing arrangement,

that pricing arrangement should be specified in the CNl segment within the POl loop that is applicable to that line item. Both BEG09 and the 2/CN1/025

segment can be included in the transaction set ifneeded.

CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CB Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost CW Cost Plus Award Fee CX Cost Plus Fixed Fee FB Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

PC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FD Fixed Price Redetermination Use to indicate a prospective fixed price

redetermination award instrument. FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort FK No Cost FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a retroactive fixedprice

redetermination award instrument. BEGIO 1232 Purchase Category O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired Use to identify the category ofthis award instrument.

AE Architect and Engineering

CN Construction

DR Demolish, Dismantle or Replace

ER Equipment Rental

IR Inspect and Repair as Necessary

MD Modification

OV Overhaul

RD Research and Development

Use also includes traineeships andfellowships.

35FED850 11 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

RE Reoair

SB Shipbuilding or VI mnl IOC ouppiics

su Subsistence

sv Services

TE Test and Evaluation

UT Utilities BEGll 786 Security Level Code O D) 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Use to identify the highest level ofgovernment security classification applicable to the award instrument. 92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Govenmient Top Secret

35FED850 12 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

CUR Currency

040

Heading

Optional

1To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction

1 . Use this segment to identify the foreign currency in which the award instrument is issued and the currency in which payment is to be made. Use also to identify the exchange rate for U.S. dollars applicable to currency in which the instrument is issued.

2. When the instrument is issued in U.S. dollars but payment will be in another

currency, to comply with the X12 syntax, cite code BY in CUROl, USD in CUR02 and

identify the payment currency in CUR05.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 IfCUROS is present. then

2 IfCUR09 is present, then

3 If CURIO is present, then 4 IfCURll is present. then 5 IfCUR12 is present. then

6 If CURB is present. then 7 IfCUR14 is present. then

8 IfCURlS is present, then

9 IfCUR16 is present. then

10 IfCURl? is present. then

11 IfCUR18 is present, then 12 IfCUR19 is present. then 13 IfCUR20 is present, then

14 lfCUR21 is present. then

1 See Figures Appendix for

M

Ref. Pes. CUROlData

Element

98

M CUR02

CUR03

100

280

CUR04 98

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the party issuing the procurement

instrument. Currency Code M ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified.

Use to indicate the currency in which the award instrument is issued, if other

than U.S. dollars. Exchange Rate O R 4/6

Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another. Use to identify the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and the currency in which the award is issued. Use onlyforfinancial obligation purposes. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

PR Payer

35FED850 13 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

X

CUR05

CUR06

CUR07

CUR08

CUR09

X CURIO

X CURll

X CUR12

X CUR13

X CUR14

X CUR15

X CUR16

X CUR17

X CUR18

X CUR19

X CUR20

100 Currency Code O ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified.

Use to identify the currency in which payment will be made ifother than US

dollars. 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3

Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HFIMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6

35FED850 14 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Date (YYMMDD).

X CUR21 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hoiir clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

35FED850 15 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 050

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: Use this l/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all of the line items. If the reference numbers vary by line item, use the 2/REF/lOO segment.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale. 28 Catalog Use to indicate the Catalog ofFederal Domestic

Assistance. This is where additional information

regarding the programfunding source can be found.

2Y Wage Determination Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination number. Use ifthe Wage Determination

is passed by reference only or to identify the Wage

Determination passed by some other means identified

in the PWK segment.

5N Citation of Statute Use to indicate the authorization under which this instrument is awarded.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

Ifa Statement of Work is part ofthe award, the PWK

segment can be used to indicate how the SOW is being

provided.

97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

AH Agreement Number

35FED850 16 April 24, 1995
Fedwal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

AU Authorization to Meet Competition No. Use to indicate the FAR part 6 authorityfor using

other than full and open competition.

BL Government Bill of Lading

CR Customer Reference Number

Use to indicate the internal number the contractor assigned to the buying party.

DG Drawing Number

DS Defense Priorities Allocation System (DPAS) Priority

Rating

When used, the code cited in REF02 is a 4 position

code. E4 Charge Card Number

Use to indicate the Government credit card number

under which paymentfor this instrument will be

accomplished.

U Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code

Use to indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code applicable to this award instrument. IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (e.g., MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document number).

IQ End Item Use to indicate the end item to which the items in the award instrument pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number.

K4 Criticality Designator

A number assigned to a contract or order that expresses

the relative importance of that contract or order and

thereby assists the contractor in making performance

decisions and assists in making production surveillance decisions Use to indicate the surveillance criticality designator

applicable to the award instrument. K6 Purchase Description

KL Contract Reference

For a Contract Data Requirements List data item, use

to indicate the reference in the contract that generates

the requirementfor the data item (e.g.. Statement of

Work paragraph).

KS Solicitation A discreet number assigned by the purchasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in

this award instrument. Ifapplicable, concatenate the LAST amendment number with the solicitation number.

LT Lot Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

35FED850 17 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Niunber

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to this award instrument. PH Priority Rating

Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP priority

rating.

PR Price Quote Nimiber

Use to indicate the contractor's quote or offer number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

RQ Purchase Requisition No.

Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line item number with the purchase request number ifit is necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

52 Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

53 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

Use to indicate the unique reference number ofa

related transaction set (e.g., an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried in SPI02.

TP Test Specification Number

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a MIL-STD.

When used, identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP requisition

suffix number. This code can be used if there is ONLY

35FED850 18 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

WF

XC

Locally Assigned Control Number

Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate a tracking numberfor bulkfuel being

sent by a tanker vessel. Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of government priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

Mutually Defined Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in

XE

ZZ

REF02 127 Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Ifa document has a revision or extension, the document number and the revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data

element.

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

REF02.

35FED850 19 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

060

Heading

Optional

3To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be

directed

Use this segment to identify names and commuiucations numbers for points of contacts

that are not associated with an address.

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

M

Ref. Pes. PEROl

Data

Element

366

PER02

PER03

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes Grants Management Specialists.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate a Contracting Officer's Representative.

NT Notification Contact Use to indicate the party to be contactedfor shipping

instructions. Use only when LDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI. PC Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

Person to whom a warrant has been issued authorizing

that person to obligate funds on behalf of the government

Includes Grants/Contract Project Officer. RE Receiving Contact Use to indicate the party to contact to schedule a

shipment. Use only when LDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI. 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to provide the party's title. 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

35FED850 20 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

EM

FX

rr

TE

PER04

PER05

364

365

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense teleconununications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

PER06

PER07

364

365

Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

35FED850 21 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including countiy or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED850 22 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instnunent RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

080

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

1. Use this l/FOB/080 segment if the FOB point and the acceptance location apply to all of the line items. When the FOB point and/or acceptance location varies by line item, use the 2/FOB/180 segment.

2. This segment is not used when the award instrument is for construction or a service without deliverables.

123

4

123

4

If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

FOBOl indicates which party will pay the carrier. FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M FOBOl 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges.

BP Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the buyer to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL) will be issued. PE Prepaid and Summary Bill Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to be invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller) Use to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice. PS Paid by Seller The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location)

Use to indicate transportation charges are included in the unit price.

FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location.

35FED850 23 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

X

FOB03

FOB04

FOB05

FOB06

352

334

335

309

Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point) IT Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

origin or final destination but rather at some other

point Use to indicate the FOB point is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the NI loop, citing code IC in NlOl.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

KL Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

KP Government Furnished Property FOB Point Use to indicate that the FOB point isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate another FOB point, i.e., neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the Nl

loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the inspection

location unless NlOl in the l/Nl/310 loop is Code LI. DE

OR

ZZ

FOB07 352 Description

Destination (Shipping)

Origin (Shipping Point)

Mutually Defined Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the acceptance point

address in the Nl loop, citing code K2 in NlOl;

provide the inspection point in another iteration ofthe Nl loop, citing code LI in NlOl.

O AN 1/80

A fi-ee-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 24 April 24, 1995
Fedeni 830 • Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Qualifler O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 25 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: CSH Header Sale Condition

Position: 110

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify general conditions or requirements of the sale Notes: 1. Use this 1/CSH/l 10 segment to speciiy requirements that apply to all of the line items. When requirements vary by line item , use the 2/IT8/140 segment.

2. Use this segment also to specify special services (minimum packaging requirements)

that apply to all of the line items. These special services are identified in CSH07. If this information varies by line item, cite the information in the 2/PO4/090 segment in PO404.

1 If CSH02 is present, then CSH03 is required. 2 If either CSH06 or CSH07 is present, then the other is required.

1 CSH03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed.

2 CSH04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

3 CSH05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice. 4 CSH06 identifies the source of the code value in CSH07.

5 CSH09 is the percent of the Set-Aside.

Comments:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Ref. Pes. CSHOl

Data

Element

563

CSH02 564

CSH03 610

Attributes

O D) 1/2

Data Element Summary

Name

Sales Requirement Code

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale GS Guaranteed Sale Use to indicate a multi-year award.

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

P4 Do Not Preship

SO Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SV Ship Per Release Use to indicate that the ordered itemfs) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Exceed Action Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount.

1. Use to identify a maximum price that ifa contractor would exceed, the order

need not befilled. X CSH04 508 Account Number

Account number assigned.

X CSH05 373 Date

O AN 1/35

O DT 6/6

35FED850 26 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

CSH06

CSH07

559

560

X CSH08

X CSH09

566

954

X ID 2/2

2/10

Date (YYMMDD).

Agency Qualifler Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. AX ANSI Accredited Standards Committee, X12.

Special Services Code X ID

Code identifying tlie special service. Use to identify general packaging requirements when MILSTD 2073-2C

packaging codes are not required to provide the information.

PL Palletizing Use to indicate palletized loads are required.

S0050 Special Packaging

Use to indicate that shrink wrap is required.

Product/Service Substitution Code O ID

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Percent O R

Percentage expressed as a decimal

1/2

1/10

35FED850 27 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

120

SAC

Heading

Optional

1To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Use this 1 /SAC/ 120 segment to identify services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges and , if applicable , quantities applicable to all of the line items. If the services , allowances , or non-CLIN charges vary by line item , use the 2/SAC/I30 segment.

1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC 10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SAC 1 1 is present, then SAC 1 0 is required.

6 If SAC 13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 7 If SAC 14 is present, then SAC 13 is required.

1 If SACO 1 is A or C, then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SAC 1 0 and SAC 1 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SAC 10 and SAC 1 1 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by the code used. 6 SAC 14 is used in conjunction with SAC 13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to ftirther the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a "Dollar Basis

Amount." It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC 10 using the qualifier DO - Dollars in SAC09.

M

Ref. Pes. SACOl

Data

Element

248

SAC02 1300

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified.

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate there is no chargefor the specified

service. Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used but it should be the same code as provided in the quote

35FED850 28 April 24. 1995
Feda^ 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

or offer. The following is a list, ofpreferred codes.

A880 Cancellation Charge

When CSHOl is code GS, use to indicate the cancellation ceiling amount.

B180 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

Use to indicate a reusable container

B870 Customs Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C880 Expediting Premium

D500 Handling

D5S0 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up Charge

D820 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a charge for less than afull carload or truckload.

E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

F150 Packing Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery Use to indicate a charge for preparation ofa DD Form 250.

G030 Reconnect Charge

G350 Rents and Leases G470 Restocking Charge

G580 Rework

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Service Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

1590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identitying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or

35FED850 29 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

SAC05

SAC06

SAC07

SAC08

SAC09

SACIO

SACll

SAC12

SAC13

X SAC14

X SAC15

charge

610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount. 378 Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 332 Percent X R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

118 Rate O R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies. SAC 10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the amount in SAC05

applies.

380 Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Use only ifSACIO is used. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity

range. 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code or accounting code to which a charge or allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and their relationship to the financial accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/287 loop.

110 Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered. 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 30 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

130 .

Heading

Optional

5To specify terms of sale.

1. Use this l/ITD/130 segment to identify discount information applicable to all of the

line items. If discounts vary by line item, use the 2/ITD/150 segment.

2. Payment method was provided at the time of registration. Changes to that data must

be made by submitting a registration data change using the 838 transaction set. Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, tlien at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD 10 or ITD 11 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

Comments: 1 If the code in ITDO 1 is 04, tlien ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD 10 or ITD 11 is required; if the code in ITDOl is 05, then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

X

X

X

X

X

X

Ref. Pes. ITDOl

ITD02

ITD03

ITD04

ITD05

ITD06

ITD07

ITDOS

ITD09

ITDIO

ITDll

Data

Element

336

333

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Terms Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date.

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned. Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the tenns discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned. Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6 Date when total invoice amount becomes due. Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable).

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount. Terms Deferred Due Date

Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due. Deferred Amount Due

Deferred amount due for payment. Percent of Invoice Payable

O DT 6/6

X N2 1/10

R 1/5

35FED850 31 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent.

X ITD12 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. X ITD13 765 DayofMonth X NO 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between I and the maximiun day of

the month being referenced. X ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

35FED850 32 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

DIS Discount Detail

140

Heading

Optional

20

To speciiy the exact type and terms of various discount information.

1. Use this l/DIS/140 segment to identify volume discoxmts that apply to all of the line items or the entire order that are based on the dollar value purchased. Use the 2/DIS/160 segment if tlie discount varies by line item.

2. Use the 1/N9/290 segment, with N901 citing code KD, and the l/MSG/300 segment

to specify other volume or promotional discounts that apply to all of the line items or the

entire order..

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discoimt. 2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

Data Element Summary

M

M

M

M

M

Ref. Des. DISOl

DIS02

DIS03

DIS04

DIS05

DIS06

Data

Element

653

654

655

656

657

657

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M ID 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Value M R 1/10

A multiplier amount used in conjunction vkdth discount base qualifier to determine the value of tlie discount. Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discoimt. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Control Limit M NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount. Discount Control Limit O NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount.

35FED850 33 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position; 150

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Notes: 1. Use this l/DTM/150 segment to identify dates that apply to all of the line items. When the dates vary by line item, use the 2/DTM/210 segment.

2. This segment can be used to provide a delivery date when it is expressed as an actual

date. If the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event, use the l/LDT/160 segment.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTMOl 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship < Oil Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used cite the beginning day ofthe week. 093 Contract Expiration

When BEG02 is code KB,KC,KD,KE,KI,KQ, or KR,

use to indicate the expiration datefor a procurement

instrument. 106 Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date

specified.

174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last calendar day ofthe month.

193 Period Start

35FED850 34 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the start ofa period ofperformance.

194 Period End

Use to indicate the end ofa period ofperformance.

227 Lease Term Start 228 Lease Term End

276 Contract Start The start date for a contract Use to indicate the commencement date ofan Agreement or an IDC award instrument.

279 Contract Completion

The finish date for a contract Use to indicate the completion date ofan Agreement or an IDC award instrument. 368 Submittal Date an item was submitted to a customer When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set. 375 Deliver/ Start The date Uiat deliveries will begin Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

period.

Ill 6 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/time when the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified period.

937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. Ifrevisions or modifications are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

994 Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOI is code PR, use to indicate the date ofthe quote or offer. 996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the specified date. DTM02 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHMMformat.

DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

35FED850 35 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

DTM05

DTM06

624 Century

DTM07

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time. CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format.

1. Use any code.

2. Use to qualify a date when it is necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat. Use also, to qualify a range ofdates or times. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times. Use to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, e.g., use code

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range for March 30, 1994 between

1:00 PM and 4:00 PM local time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey the March 30,

1994 date.

35FED850 36 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 160

'

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services. Notes: 1. Use this l/LDT/160 segment if the delivery schedule applies to all the line items and

there will be only one delivery of the total quantity. If the delivery schedule varies by

line item or more than one delivery will be required for the total quantity, use the 2/LDT/312 loop. If the line item delivery schedule varies by ship-to-addressee, use the 2/LDT/462 loop.

2. Use this segment when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event. The previous DTM segment is used when the delivery date is an acttial date. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range. AA From date of PO receipt to sample ready.

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment.

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment.

AF From date of PO receipt to delivery.

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery Use to indicate that the consignee or other contact must be notified within the time period cited to schedule a shipment. When used, cite the contact communications number in the l/PER/060 segment.

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of

effort. AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

35FED850 37 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award InsUument RELEASE - FEDl

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

LDT04 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example, the start date of

the cited activity.

35FED850 38 April 24. 1995
Federal S50 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

FID Product/Item Description

190

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Heading

Optional

200

To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

1. Use this segment to provide a description of the item or service being ordered.

2. Use this l/PID/190 segment to provide an overall description that applies to all line items. When descriptions vary by line item, transmit a general description in this segment and use the 2/PID/050 segment to transmit the varying descriptions.

3. Use is discouraged. Whenever possible, items should be described by successive

iterations of 235/234 pairs in the 2/POl/OlO segment or by reference number. Use

codified data whenever possible.

12

34

12

3

Comments:

If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

At least one of PID04 or FIDOS is required.

If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required.

Use PnD03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. PID08 describes the physical cliaracteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

'Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item. A '"N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

If PIDOl = T", Uien PID05 is used. If PIDOl = "S", then PID04 is used. If FIDO 1 = '^X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. M PIDOl

Data

Element

349

Name Attributes

M D) 1/1

PID02

proo3

proo4

750

559

751

Item Description Type

Code indicating the fonnat of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying tlie general class of a product or process characteristic Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic.

35FED850 39 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

ProOS 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set. Pro06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Pro07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 40 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

MEA Measurements

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

200

Heading

Optional

40

To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances,

variances, and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COOl.)

1. Use this 1/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all of the line items. If information varies by line item, use the 2/MEA/049 segment.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; and for a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minimum/maximum

quantity per order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified time period, the minimum and maximum obligations of the government and contractor, and warranty

periods.

12

3

4

5

11

At least one of MEA03 MEA05 MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

Only one of MEAOS or MEA03 may be present.

MEA04 defines the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

When ciUng dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed use MEA05 as the negaUve (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. MEAOlData

Element

737

Name Attributes

Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies Use any code.

BT Batch Limits

When BEG02 is code KJ, KQ, or KR, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits ofthe government's obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award

instrument. When BEG02 is code KT or RL, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits ofthe government's obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use

MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA 05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

discrete quantity. Specif the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

DE Defects Use to indicate a warranty period.

LT Lot Limits Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor's obligation

either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a requirements or an

35FED850 41 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

indefinite quantity type award instrument. Do not usefor a purchase order or a

delivery order. Use MEA 04-COOlOl to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA 05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum the government may orderfrom a requirements or an indefinite quantity type procurement instrument in a specified time period.

Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the

quantity. MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure, andMEA04-C00104

to identify the time period.

PM Permitted Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedper

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument. Use MEA04-C0010] to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies Use any code. MX Maximum

When MEAOl is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be

ordered in a specified time period.

PO Percent ofOrder (-, +)

Use to indicate the variation ofquantity permitted when it is expressed as a

percent ofthe quantity ordered. Specify the percent under and/or over in MEA05/06.

RY Ratio

men BEG09 is code CA, CB, CH, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the proposed Government

share in MEA05 and the proposed contractor share in MEA06.

TT Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length oftime in MEA03 and the time period in MEA04-C0010L

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement. MEA04 COOl Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples of

use.)

7. This composite unit ofmeasure can be used to indicate the maximum that may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or

indefinite quantity type award instrument.

2. For example: If the maximum that can be ordered per quarter is 10,000

each, then MEAOl would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite MX, MEA03 would

cite 10,000, MEA04-C00101 would cite EA, and MEA04-4 would cite Ql.

35FED850 42 AprU24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

M COOlOl 355

X COOlOl

X C00103

C00104

X C00105

X C00106

X C00107

X C00108

X C00109

X COOllO

X COOlll

X C00112

X C00113

X C00114

X C00115

MEA05

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

740

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codez to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent

Power to which a unit is raised. O R 1/15

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASC X12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range.

35FED850 43 AprU24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

1. When MEA 01 is code CT, or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specif the variation

in quantity under.

2. When MEA 01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

MEA06 741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range.

1. When MEA 01 is code CT, or ME1A02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity over.

2. When MEA 01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

MEA07 935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA08 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measurement value cannot be detennined.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA09 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEAIO 1373 Measurement Method or Device X ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 44 AprU24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PWK Paperwork

Position: 210

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To identify the type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information Notes: 1. Use this l/PWK/210 segment when the paperwork information applies to all of the

line items. Use the 2/PWK/070 segment if the information varies by line item.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and seller and how that paperwork is to be transmitted.

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 P\VK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report. 3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PWKOl 755 Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item Use to identify the type ofpaperwork that is being provided to or must be

provided by the contractor. 25 Purchase Plan Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of

governmentfurnished property, related to this award

instrument is being sent by means other than within the transaction set. Specify the nature ofthe document in PWK07.

CI Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost andprice data. C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used identify the Wage Determination number in the l/REF/050 segment using code 2Y in REFOl.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification) Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance. When

used, PWK04 should cite code PC.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the work breakdown

35FED850 45 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Structure CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs DW Drawing(s)

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1 Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month values at specified levels of the work

breakdown structure F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3 Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a given reporting period with

beginning and ending values

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource suimnary report that forecasts labor requirements for the remainder of a contract F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5 Contract summary or detail report explaining

significant cost or schedule variances

IT Certified Inspection and Test Results MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and payments

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance PP Proposal

S9 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that makes a representation about a specific condition Use to indicate a payment and performance bond.

SF Contract Security Classification Specification Use to indicate that additional information relative to the Contract Security Classification Specification

transmitted in this transaction set will be provided.

SN * Shipping Notice

SF Specification

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be

sent

35FED850 46 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PWK03

PWK04

X PWK05

BE By Mail and Electronically Use to indicate E-Mail.

BM By Mail

CF Courier

EL Electronically Only

Use to indicate Electronic Data Interchange (EDI).

FX By Fax

WS With Sliipment (With Package)

757 Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee. The number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified in

this data element. 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipientfor the same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOl. Provide the address ofthe recipient in the l/Nl/310 segment and/or the recipient communication number

in the l/PER/260 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7N Party to Receive Proposal

BY Buying Party (Purchaser) Use to indicate the Contracting Officer. C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

geograpliic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report Use when PWKOl is code IS or MR.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsible for the project to include the advisor under a Grant. KY Technical Office

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

66 Identification Code Qualifier X D) 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 47 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

X PWK06

PWK07

PWK08

M C00201

X

C00202

C00203

C00204

C00205

67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

3. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead time for submission ofthe payment and performance bond.

C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 35, CI, C5, CP, CX, CY, Fl.

F2. F3, F4, F5. IT, MR, MS, PD, PM. PP, S9, SN. or

US, indicate the specified paperwork is required to be

provided by the contractor. PV Provided

When PWKOl is code AE, C6, DW, PJ, SF, or SP, use

to indicate the specified paperwork is being provided

by the buyer.

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Papenvork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 48 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

PKG

220

Marking, Packaging, Loading

Sjutax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Heading ' Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements.

1. Use this l/PKG/220 segment to identify packaging requirements that apply to all of

the line items. If the packaging requirements apply to all of the line items to be delivered

to a named entity, use the l/PKG/420 segment. If the packaging requirements vary by

line item, use the 2/PKG/300 segment or tlie 2/PKG/460 segment if the packaging

requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a imit container; the number of

unit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube and dimensions

of a unit or intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, tlien PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGOl = "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGOl = "S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate tlie organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. PKGOl

Data

Element

349

Name Attributes

ID 1/1

PKG02 753

Item Description Type

Code indicating the fonnat of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structiu-ed (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP ~ Level Of Preservation

DPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

35FED850 49 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

first position signifies Level A packingfi>r Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afi-eight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the thirdposition

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI 2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available inASCX12 Version/Release 3060.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristics codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in M1L-STD-2073-2C.

Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code is used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

35FED850 50 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

some other means within the transaction set. PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 51 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

240

Heading

Optional

12To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information

Use this 1/TD5/240 segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to

all of the line items. If the transportation method applies to all of the line items to be

delivered to a named entity, use the 1/TD5/390 segment. If the transportation method

varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/250 segment or the 2nD5/430 segment when the information is applicable to a named entity. 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD5 10 is present, tlien TD5 1 1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier witliin the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

TD505

TD506

387

368

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structm-e used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

7. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Routing X AN 1/35

Free-fonn description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

35FED850 52 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identiiying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. When BEG02 is code EO, use to identify the transportation requirements to satisfy the emergency order.

2. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 53 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4

260

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Heading

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

Use this 1/TD4/260 segment to identify special handling or hazardous material

information when it applies to all of the line items. Use the 1/TD4/410 segment when

the special handling or hazardous material information applies to all of the line items

applicable to a named entity. If this information varies by line item, use the 2/TD4/270

segment or the 2/TD4/450 segment if the information is applicable to a named entity.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Des. TD401Data

Element

152

TD402

TD403

TD404

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Use any code but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

X YD 2/3

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LIT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code wliich qualifies tlie Hazardous Material Class Code (209).

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can he provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 54 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 270

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 - Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Notes: 1. Use this l/MAN/270 segment when tlie marks and numbers apply to all line items. If the information varies by line item, use the 2/MAN/280 segment.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number. Transportation Control

number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes. Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, tlien MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Name Attributes

Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). S Entire Shipment

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). S Entire Sliipment

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED850 55 AprU24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

TXI Tax Information

285

Heading

Optional

>1

To speciiy tax information.

Use this l/TXI/285 segment to identiiy taxes that apply to the total order amount. Use

the 2/TXI/292 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts.

12

3

1

At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment.

TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax. TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

TXI04

TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

Data

Element

963

782

954

955

956

441

662

Name Attributes

M ID 2/2

TXI08 828

Tax Type Code

Code specifying the type of tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount. Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction.

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add

D Delete

I Included

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or tax

35FED850 56 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, county, etc.), often called a tax exemption number or certificate number.

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number when

required by the taxing jurisdiction.

Alphariumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the financial

accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/287 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

TXUO 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

35FED850 57 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 287

Loop: AMT

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount.

Notes: Use this l/AMT/287 segment to specify the total amount of obligated funds for each

accounting classification cited in the AT segment, or to specify amounts associated with

incentive, award fee, fixed-fee, or cost sharing award instruments when the amounts

apply to all of the line items. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMTOl 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

For correct use ofthe following codes in variousfee andprofit arrangements

by type ofcontract, see Appendix A. 29 Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract 30 Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort 32 Target Fee or Profit Amoimt

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contract effort 33 Original Contract Target Cost Value of tlie original negotiated contract 70 Open Commitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for payment (such as on delivery of products)

E9 Initial Fee Beginning charge before any reductions

FE Fee K4 Initial Target Fee

K5 Minimum Fee K6 Maximum Fee K8 Special Accounting Classification Reference Number

(ACRN) Amount

Use when REFOl in the l/REF/289 segment is code 2V. KC Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a

successful performance by another party, (e.g.,funds

obligated on a contract) Use code KC when the ATsegment carries long line accounting data and REFOl in the l/REF/289 segment

35FED850 58 April 24, 1995
Federal 8S0 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

is code AX.

M AMT02 782

X AMT03 478

Committed Amount

Not-To-Exceed Price

Initial Target Cost

KO

KY

ZQ

Monetary Amount M R 1/lS

Monetaiy amount.

Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 59 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Seompnt' V' lit.* 1 P'iniinciiil ArmiinHno

Position: 288

Loop: AM 1 Level: flcauing

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 11 Purpose: To transmit financial accounting data use mis segmem lo proviae ine nnanciai accounting data appiicaDle to tins award

instrument.

Syntax Notes: 1 If AT 10 is present, then ATOl is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 AT09 identifies unique local activity financial accounting information

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. X ATOl

M AT02

Data

Element

1271

1282

X

M

AT03

AT04

AT05

AT06

AT07

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

AT08 1288

Name Attributes

Industry Code AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list Treasury Symbol Number O AN 7/21

Number identifying a department, fiscal year, treasury account number, and

appropriation limit for a standard accounting classification coding structure Cite the basic appropriation number in this data element (department code,

fiscal year (Xfor no year), treasury account number, and appropriation limit). Example: 17931810.0400.

Budget Activity Number O AN 1/16

Number identifying an administrative subdivision of funds against which a transaction is to be charged for a standard accounting classification coding

structure Object Class Number O AN 3/12

Number identifying the nature of the goods or services acquired and a specific

office or organization using resources for a standard accounting classification coding structure Reimbursable Source Number O AN 1/3

Number identifying the source of an appropriation or fund reimbursement for a standard accounting classification coding structure Transaction Reference Number O AN 4/20

Number identifying an original request for goods and services to the matching

financial transaction for a standard accounting classification coding structure Accountable Station Number O AN 3/8

Number identifying an office responsible for entering a fmancial transaction

into the applicable accounting system for a standard accounting classification coding structure Cite the Accountable Station Number in this data element. The Accountable

Station Code is the Fiscal Station Number (FSN) ofboth the Army and the

Office ofthe Secretary ofDefense (OSD), the Authorization Accounting Activity

(AAA) of the Navy, or the Accounting and Disbursing Station Number (ADSN)

used by the Air Force. The Accountable Station Codes (TAC3) are published in the DoD 4000.25-6-M "Department ofDefense Activity Address Directory.

Civilian Agencies will cite their equivalent organization code. Paying Station Number O AN 8/14

Number identifying an office responsible for making a payment or collection and the corresponding voucher number under which the action was taken for a

35FED850 60 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

M AT09 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Cite the balance ofthe financial accounting data which should include the Accountable Station Number cited inAT07.

X ATIO 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 61 AprU 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FED!

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

289

AMT

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify identifying numbers.

Use this segment to identify a number or a code applicable to the financial accoimting

data cited in the preceding AT segment. This number or code can be cited in the 2/REF/'610 segment in place of repeating the accounting data at the Detail level when it is necessary to associate the accounting data with an amount cited in the 2/AMT/600

segment.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

2V

AX

FU

P4

TH

Reference Number

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Special Government Accounting Classification Reference Number (ACRN)

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fiiel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency accoimt fund

Project Code

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 62 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N9 Reference Number

Position: 290

Loop: N9

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the reference nmnber qualifier Notes: 1. Use this 1/N9/290 loop to identify various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, FIRMR,

GSARS, VAARS, Agency, or other clauses), 0MB Circular, special instructions or

other references that are applicable to the entire award instrument. If the information

varies by line item, use the 2/N9/330 segment.

2. When an alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric alternate

identifier and the date MUST be cited in the following MSG segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

M

Ref. Pes. N901

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

128 Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

BB Authorization Number

Proves that permission was obtained to provide a

service Use to indicate the Code ofFederal Regulations.

CJ Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a

clause notfound in FAR. DFAR, FIRMR. etc.). Identify

the purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

DF Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

DX Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the agency in N903.

EC Circular Use to identify an Office ofManagement and Budget

(0MB) circular number.

FA Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

GS General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

H4 Federal Information Resources Management

Regulation

35FED850 63 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Regulation

K7 Paragraph Number

Use to indicate information for a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in N902 andprovide the information in the following MSG segment. The

numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires. An

example ofthe use of this code is a notice to a

successful offerer that the government reserves the

right to award the remainder ofthe line items in the

offer within the allowed offer acceptance period.

KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the agency or purchasing activity issuing the special

instructions in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG

segment.

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable

to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents

Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that contains applicable terms and conditions. VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe reference in N903 and use the following MSG segment,

if necessary, to pass text. N902 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defmed for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text.

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. Use offree-form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 64 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N904 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion ofthe date is always 01. N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tentlis (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identif>'ing the time. In accordance with International Standards

Orgaiuzation standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Uni\ ersal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 65 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 300

Loop: N9

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to carry the title or full text of any clause, if it is required, a special

instruction, or other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. This segment is also used to carry clause fill-in information that is not provided

elsewhere within the transaction set. When providing fill-in information, the clause title, if cited, and the alternate identifier and date, if applicable, will be the first data

provided. This data will be followed by a numeric designation of the fill-ins being

provided. Each fiU-in will be preceded by the paragraph or section identifier in the

clause where the fill-in information is to be inserted (if identifiers are included in the

clause). If there is no paragraph or section designator, the required information will immediately follow the numeric designation of the fill-ins being provided.

3. A pipe sign (|) will be inserted after each data item. As an example, the fill-in information required by FAR 52.212-3 will be provided as follows:

Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work| Alternative I (Apr 1984)| 3| (a) 30| (c) Sep 30, 19951 Jan 15, 1995|

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

Data

Element

933 Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Name Attributes

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED850 66 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Nl Name

Position: 310

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name and code

Notes: 1. Use this l/Nl/3 10 loop to identify organizations or locations that apply to all the line items. If the information varies by line item, use the 2/N1/350 loop.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

the address cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. At least 3 iterations of this segment are required using codes BY, PO, and SE.

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efiicient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efiiciency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to tlie table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 flirtlier define the type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. NlOlData

Element Name Attributes

98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

31

54

61

7D

7E

7G

7H

Subcontractor

Postal Mailing Address Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use ifanother qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if necessary. Order Writer

Individual who receives the product from the customer and prepares the repair order describing work to be

performed Use to indicate activities authorized to place orders

against basic procurement instruments, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity, BPAs, BOAs, etc. Perfonned At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the place ofperformance when it is other than the contractor's mailing address. Contracting Officer Representative

Party Authorized to Definitize Contract Action

Hazardous Material Office

Government Furnished Property FOB Point

35FED850 67 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

7N Party to Receive Proposal Use to indicate the office to receive a proposalfor an

undefmitized contract action. 7P Transportation Office

92 Support Party

The organization supporting the resolution of an

investigation Use to indicate a secondary Contract Administration

Office. AE Additional Delivery Address Use to indicate a shipment in-place location. AG Agent/Agency

BT Bill-to-Party Use to indicate the party who will provide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal government billed party

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or a copy ofthe order, needs

to receive this information.

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

gcograpliic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of tlie buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area C9 Contract Holder Use to indicate the party to whom a contract is awarded if other than the selling party, e.g.. The Small

Business Administration for a Section 8A award. The

contract number awarded by the SBA is cited in BEG06.

CY Country Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign Military

Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in N102 and cite the applicable ISO country code in N404.

DZ Delivery Zone

Area where the product was delivered Use to indicate an area to which deliveries are expected to be made under a requirements or an

indefinite delivery type award instrument. Specify the zone in N104 (e.g., 10, 11, 12, etc., must be 2 positions)

• using code ZN in N103 and identify the states or

countries that comprise the zone in N402 or N404. The

zone number will be cited in CTPIO and the price

associated with delivery to that zone will be specified

in CTP03.

E5 Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator. Data

35FED850 68 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Maintenance has been submitted to ASCXI2 to add a

code for Investigator. Ifapproved, we expect the code

will be available for use in ASCXI2 Version/Release

3060. IC Intermediate Consignee Use to indicate afreightforwarder.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

KA Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of an item of supply Use to indicate the government inventory manager.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsiblefor a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KX Free on Board Point Use to indicate the FOB point when it has to be

described by a specific address rather than as a code

value indicating either origin or destination. Applicable when FOB02 is code KE. KL, KP, or 11. KY Technical Office Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance

over the technical portion ofthe order, ifdifferent than

the office originating the order. Do not use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal directly with the cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location Use to indicate acceptance is at other than origin or

destination. LI Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to be described as an address. OB Ordered By

Use to indicate the activity placing an order against a

basic award instrument. 01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection agency is other than the Contract Administration Office. PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PL Party to Receive Purchase Order

Use to indicate entities other than the contractor that are to receive copies ofthe award instrument. PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PR Payer

35FED850 69 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the paying office. PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

RI Remit To

Use to indicate the place to sendpayment ifit is differentfrom the contractor's address, e.g., a bank,

financial office location, etc. SE Selling Party Use to indicate the party receiving the award. Ifthe award is for a Section 8a contract, also use code C9 to identify the Small Business Administration (SBA).

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

If the address is an FPO orAPO, use the appropriate

code in NlOl, cite FPO orAPO in N102, cite the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York. AP

for San Francisco) in N406.

SV Service Performance Site When services are contracted for, this describes the organization for whom or location address at which

those services will be performed

Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass

cutting, is to be performed.

TQ Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)

Use to indicate the office for receipt offoreign

disclosure sensitive information per DoD Directive 5230.25. TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results X2 Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Z7 Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While the federal EDI program uses the DUNS number, other government users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and additional

numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing data bases

to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify an entity. 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

35FED850 70 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

A2 Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

ZN Zone

When NlOl is code DZ, use to indicate a delivery zone. N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a part>' or other code. N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 71 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N2 Additional Name Information

320

Nl

Heading

Optional

2To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref. Pes. N201

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Data Element Summary

Name

Name

Free-form name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 72 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N3 Address Information

330

Nl

Heading

Optional

2To specify the location of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes- N301

N302

Data

Element

166

166

Name

Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 73 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N4

Ref. Pes. N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Geographic Location

340

Nl

Heading

Optional

>1

To speciJy the geographic place of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of either N40 1 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to speciJy a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Data

Element

19

156

Attributes

O AN 2/30

116

26

309

310

Data Element Summary

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate govenmient agency.

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identilying type of location. AR Armed Services Location Designation

Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED850 74 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 350

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., when NlOl is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or code used in place of financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting

number.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

10 Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. IZ Financial Detail Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

FU Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition number

(MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

ZF Contractor Establishment Code (CEC)

Govermnent identifier to designate a contractor; it is nine characters, eight numeric and a final alpha Use only when NlOl is code SE. REF02 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

35FED850 75 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content When REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED850 76 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instalment RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

360

Nl

Heading

Optional

>1

To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be

directed Use this segment to pro\ide communications contacts associated with the entities cited in the same Nl loop.

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PEROl 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identi^ing the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

Use to identify the various individuals who can be contacted regarding specific areas ofthis award instrument. AC Administrative Contracting Officer

AT Material Safety Data Sheet Contact AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party -who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area.

BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes Grants Management Specialists.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate a Contracting Officer's Representative.

CN General Contact When NlOl is code ST, use to indicate the accepting

official at destination. HM Hazardous Material Contact PC Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

Person to whom a warrant has been issued authorizing

tliat person to obligate funds on behalf of the govermnent

Includes Grants/Contract Project Officer. PP Program Manager

QR Ordering Officer

An individual authorized to place orders against

existing contracts Used to indicate the person placing the order. RP Responsible Person

35FED850 77 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instalment RELEASE - FEDl

H^en NIOl is code C4, use to indicate the accepting

official at origin. SI Investigator Use to indicate the party designated as the principal

investigator within the selling party's organization.

SU Supplier Contact Use to indicate a contact within the selling party's

organization.

TA Traffic Administrator Use to indicate a transportation officer, i.e., the party

who can be contactedfor a bill oflading or

transportation information.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last name first, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initials for the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to cite the party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number QuallHer X D) 2/2

Code identifying tlie type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying tlie type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

EM

FX

IT

TE

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

35FED850 78 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PER06

PER07

PER08

PER09

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete conununications number including country or area code when

applicable.

365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the t\pe of communication number. Use to indicate a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either AU or TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include country code. TE Telephone

Used to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including coimtry or area code when

applicable.

443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED850 79 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

390

Nl

Heading

Optional

12 To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information

Use this 1/TD5/390 segment when the transportation method is the same for all line items being shipped to a named entity. If the transportation method varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/250 segment or the 2/TD5/430 segment when the information is applicable to a named entity.

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD5I1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within tlie movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

IVhen TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying tlie method or type of transportation for the shipment.

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCXJ2 codes.

TD505

TD506

387

368

D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

35FED850 80 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDi

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O D) 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying tlie value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. When BEG02 is code EO, use to identify the transportation requirements to

satisfy the emergency order.

2. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 81 April 24, 1995
Federal 830 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

410

Nl

Heading

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

Use this 1/TD4/410 segment to identify special handling or hazardous material

information that is the same for all of the line items applicable to a named entity. If this information varies by line item, use the 2/TD4/270 segment or the 2/TD4/450 segment

if the information is applicable to a named entity.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Des. TD401

Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

X m 2/3

TD402

TD403

TD404

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

EG Flammable Gas

EL Flammable

EP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code which qualifies tlie Hazardous Material Class Code (209). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-fonn description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 82 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

420

Nl

Heading

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements.

1. Use this l/PKG/420 segment when the packaging requirements are the same for all of the line items to be delivered to a named entity. If the packaging requirements vary by line item, use the 2/PKG/300 segment or the 2/PKG/460 segment if the packaging

requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container, the number of

unit containers in a intennediate container, and the gross weight, cube and dimensions

of a unit container or an intermediate container, is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required. 2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 = ~ F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 = " S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. PKGOlData

Element

349

PKG02 753

Name Attributes

Item Description Type ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-fonn

S Stnictured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

35FED850 83 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

PKG03 559

PKG04 754

PKG05 352

PM

PML

SMK

UC

UCL

WM

Agency Qualifier Code

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MJLSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

Preservation Method

Preservation Material

Special Marking

Unit Container

Unit Container Level

Wrapping Material

X ID 2/2

PKG06 400

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI 2. Ifapproved, a codefor Federal Government will be available in the ASCX12 Version/Release 3060.

Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

J. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (M1L-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in M1L-STD-2073-2C.

Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

7. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

35FED850 84 April 24, 1995
— RELEASE - FEDl

Federal 850 - Award Instrument ^ . . ^

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 85 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use: Purpose

Notes

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LM Code Source Information

430

LM

Heading

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

Use this loop to provide data to field contract administration offices that camiot be

provided by other means within this transaction set.

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

35FED850 86 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LQ Industry Code

Position: 440

Loop: LM

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQOl 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list 2 Type of Business Code

The classification of a contractor's business Use to indicate the contractor's type ofbusiness

classification, e.g., small disadvantaged business,

hospital, etc. 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention Use to indicate special clauses/provisions.

9 Indicator Code

A specific condition applies to the contract Use to indicate Contract Administration functional

limitations applicable to the award instrument. A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies the originating organization's unique logistics

information

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

35FED850 87 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

SPI Specification Identifier

450

SPI

Heading

Optional

1To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items. This loop is used to carry tlie security information vt'hich is normally provided in the Department of Defense Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). All data contained in this loop is applicable to the DD Form 254.

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Ref. Pes. M SPIOl

Data

Element

786

Data Element Summary

SPI02

X

X

SPI03

SPI04

SPI05

SPI06

SPI07

128

127

790

791

792

353

Name Attributes

Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Use to identify the highest level ofsafeguarding requiredfor the data

associated with the award instrument. 92 Government Confidential 93 Government Secret 94 Government Top Secret Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Use to identify the award instrument number applicable to the Contract

Security Classification Specification.

CT Contract Number

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity.

Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction. Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic data item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Use to identify the type ofContract Security Classification Specification being

issued. 00 Original

04 Change

Use to indicate a revised Contract Security

Classification Specification.

35FED850 88 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

X

20 Final Transmission Use to indicate afinal Contract Security Classification

Specification.

SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating tlie level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Use to indicate the facility clearance level requiredfor the award instrument. 92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Government Top Secret SPIIO 559 Agency Qualifier Code

Code identilying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Eleinent Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set. SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID

Code indicating the type of certification Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detallldcntificr Code O ID

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

O ID 2/2

1/15

1/1

1/3

35FED850 89 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

460

SPI

Heading

Optional

5To specify identifying numbers.

Use to identify reference numbers applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

3X Subcontract Number

KS Sohcitation

A discreet number assigned by the piu-chasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations YB Revision Number

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the revision

number ofthe Contract Security Classification

Specification.

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 90 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

DTM Date/Time Reference

470

SPI

Heading

Optional

5To specify pertinent dates and times

Use to identity dates applicable to the Contract Security Classification Specification.

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required.

2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

M

Ref.

Pes. DTMOl

Data

Element

374

DTMOl

DTM03

373

337

DTM04 623

DTM05 624

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 036

165

171

334

703

Date

Date (YYMMDD)

Time

E,\'pi ration Date coverage expires IVhen SP102 is code CT, use to indicate the expiration date ofthe award instrument. Final Issue When SPI07 is code 20, use to indicate the date ofthe final Contract Security Classification Specification.

Revision

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the date ofthe revised Contract Security Classification Specification.

Re-evaluation Date The date on which the student's placement in special

education or other programs will be re-assessed Use to indicate the biennial review date ofthe Contract

Security Classification Specification.

Original Transaction

When SPI07 is code 00, use to indicate the date ofthe original Contract Security Classification Specification.

X DT 6/6

X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

35FED850 91 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X DTM06 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating tlie date format, time format, or date and time format. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X DTM07 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times.

35FED850 92 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 480

Loop: SPI

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use to provide infonnation applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification, e.g., a general identification of the award, or security guidance in clear

text.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use of free fonn text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED850 93 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes

Nl Name

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

490

Nl

Heading

Optional

1To identify a party by type of organization, name and code

1. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

the address cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

2. The addresses cited in this loop are applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification.

3. If the address is an FPO or APO, cite tlie appropriate code in NlOl, cite FPO or APO

in N102, cite the zip code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two letter identifier (AA for Miami, AE for New York, AP for San Francisco) in N406.

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. NlOlData

Element

98

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

61

B2

C4

Kl

K2

Subcontractor

Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the actual place ofperformance.

Other Unlisted Type of Organizational Entity

An organization, e.g., a business, the description of

which cannot be accomplished using the existing code

list and for which the trading partners have not mutually agreed to a definition for it Use to indicate an unlisted entity to whom distribution ofthe Contract Security Classification Specification is to be made.

Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area Contractor Cognizant Security Office

Subcontractor Cognizant Security Office

35FED850 94 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

K3 Place of Performance Cognizant Security Office

K4 Party Authorizing Release of Security Information

K5 Party To Receive Contract Security Classification Specification

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsiblefor a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KI United States Overseas Security Administration Office

01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate another entity that has inspection

responsibilities.

PG Prime Contractor PV Party performing certification N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While the federal EDI program uses the DUNS number, other government users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and additional

numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing data bases

to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify an entity. 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Govermnent Entity (CAGE)

N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 95 April 24, 199S
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N2 Additional Name Information

500

Nl

Heading

Optional

2To specily additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when tlie entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref. Pes. N201

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Data Element Summary

Name

Name

Free-form name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 96 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N3 Address Information

510

Nl

Heading

Optional

2 . . To specify the location of tlie named party

This segment is not necessary when tlie entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref. Pes. N301

N302

Data

Element

166

166

Data Element Summary

Name

Address Information

Address infonnation

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 97 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N4 Geographic Location

520

Nl

Heading

Optional

1To specify the geographic place of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

A combination of either N401 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to specify a location. N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Name Attributes

City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency.

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR. cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED850 98 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: VTU± Contact

Position: 540

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a person or ofTice to whom communications should be directed Notes: Use this 1/G6 1/540 segment to provide names associated with addresses cited in the Nl

segment.

Syntax Notes: 1 If either G6103 or G6104 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 06 103 qualifies G6 104.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. G6101

G6102

Data

Element

366

93

G6103 365

G6104

G6105

364

443

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major dut>' or responsibility of the person or group named.

CE Certifier PP Program Manager

Name M AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last name first, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initials for the first name. Ifnecessary, use G61 05

to cite the party's title. Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact nimiber. Use to provide the title or the office symbol ofthe party cited in G6102.

35FED850 99 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 550

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide plain text information applicable to the entity cited in the

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within tlie transaction set. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSGOl is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

preceding Nl segment.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. MSGOlData

Element

933 Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Name Attributes

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED850 100 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: CBl Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data

Position: 560

Loop: CBl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify contract and cost accounting standards data Notes: Use this segment to identify the access required to specific data and information in the performance of the contract and to identify the actions required of and authorizations

provided to the contractor under the award instrument.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element

M CBlOl 1309

Name Attributes

Acquisition Data Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying acquisition data

.lo r\LCC;So lU l^OIlLIUUillwallUIld oCvUXliy llliUriUaUUll

I? r*r\ 111 xT^f\ 1Q Ar^pf^cc tn r^nmmnniriitinn ^ppiiritv Tnfnnnjif inn N^nt Required

20 Access to Restricted Data Required

91 r\^VCD3 WJ XVCoLl IL'l^U LyCXlXl i^ui rv&^uiivu

IL Access 10 L^nucai iNuciear weapon jjesign iniomiauon

T?

IN-vV.! nniUll11 rpHCU. 23 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information

Not Required

24 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Required

25 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Not Required

26 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

27 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information Not

Required

28 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

29 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Not Required

30 Access to Special Access Information Required

31 Access to Special Access Information Not Required

32 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

Information Required

33 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

Information Not Required

34 Access to Foreign Government Information Required

35 Access to Foreign Government Information Not

Required

36 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Required

37 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Not

Required

35FED850 101 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

38 Access to For Official Use Only Information Required

39 Access to For Official Use Only Information Not

Required

40 Access to Other Type of Information Required

41 Access to Other Type of Information Not Required

42 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Government Activity

43 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States

Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Govenmient Activity

44 Contractor Will Receive Classified Documents Only

45 Contractor Will Not Receive Classified Docimients

Only

46 Contractor Will Receive or Generate Classified Material

47 Contractor Will Not Receive or Generate Classified Material

48 Contractor Will Fabricate, Modify, or Store Classified Hardware

49 Contractor Will Not Fabricate, Modify, or Store

Classified Hardware

50 Contractor Will Perform Services Only

51 Contractor Will Not Perform Services Only

52 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories 53 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories 54 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Services of

Defense Teclmical Information Center or other Secondary Distribution Center 55 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Services

of Defense Technical Information Center or other Secondary Distribution Center 56 Contractor Will Require a Communications Seciuity

Account

57 Contractor Will Not Require a Communications

Security Account

58 Contractor Will Have Tempest Requirements

59 Contractor Will Not Have Tempest Requirements

60 Contractor Will Have Operations Security

Requirements

61 Contractor Will Not Have Operations Security

Requirements

62 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Defense

Courier Service

63 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Defense

Courier Service

64 Contractor Will Have some other Authorization in the Performance of the Contract

35FED850 102 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

65 Contractor Will Not Have some other Authorization in

the Performance of the Contract 66 Facility Clearance Required

67 Facility Clearance Not Required

68 Follow-on Contract 69 Not a Follow-on Contract 70 Final Contract Security Classification Specification

71 Not a Final Contract Security Classification Specification

72 Direct Public Release Authorized

73 Direct Public Release Not Authorized

74 Additional Materials being Forwarded

75 No Additional Materials being Forwarded

76 Additional Requirements Established

77 Additional Requirements Not Established

78 Elements of the Contract are outside the Insnection

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

79 No Element of the Contract Is Outside the Inspection

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

80 Contractor Distribution Required

81 Contractor Distribution Not Required

82 Subcontractor Distribution Required

83 Subcontractor Distribution Not Required

V^UgIllZ,alll OCCUillj WlliCC iUl JTIllllC ollU OULIWUilUaClUl

T^ictriHiif inn Rpniiirf^H

T^i ctVm it i r\n Mr\f T?Aniiif*AH L/lbll luUllUU INUl IxCt^UilCU

TTnitf»H ^tnfpc Aptivitv RpcnnnciVilp fnr ^'"W/f^rcpfic Sf^nirifv AHmini^stratinn Di^trihiition Reniiired o / TTnitpH UllllCu ^tistf^c OLdlCo /A^LlVllj ApHvitA/ Rpct^nnciKlp frir C"V\7**rcA!ic IxCopUll^iUlC lUl VyVCldCad

^t^niritv AHmini^trjitinn Di^trihiitinn Not Rpniiired

88 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution

Required

89 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution Not

. Required

90 Other Distribution Required

91 Other Distribution Not Required

X CB102 1310 Financing Type Code O D) 1/1

Code identifying the type of contract financing required by the submitter of a

pricing proposal

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 103 April 24, 1995
Federal 8S0 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

570

CBl

Heading

Optional

20

To specify identifying numbers.

Use this l/REF/570 segment to provide reference numbers associated with access information contained in the Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form

254).

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

43

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Supporting Document Number

Supports or clarifies information and values

represented in a document

Use to indicate a reference (paragraph number or

section) that contains additional information

applicable to the DD Form 254. Cite the reference in REF02 and identify the document in REF03.

KL Contract Reference Use to indicate a clause in the award instrument that contains additional security requirements or unique

inspection requirements.

KU Office Symbol

A number assigned for reference to a specific office within an organization

When CBl 01 is code 90, use to indicate the office symbol to which additional distribution ofthe Contract

Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254) is required.

PI Previous Contract Number

When CBl 01 is code 68, use to indicate the preceding

procurement instrument number under which classified data was received or generated.

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-fonn description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. When REFOl is code 43, use to identify the document that contains the paragraph number or section where the applicable information is located.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 104 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

DTM Date/Time Reference

580

CBl

Heading

Optional

5To specify pertinent dates and times

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

M

Ref. Pes. DTMOl

Data

Element

374

DTM02

DTM03

373

337

DTM04 623

DTM05

DTM06

DTM07

624

1250

1251

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Date Requested

IV/ien CBlOl is code 70, use to indicate the date ofa

contractor's request to retain classified information.

X DT 6/6

992

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times.

35FED850 105 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LDT Lead Time

590

CBl

Heading

Optional

1To specify lead time for availability of products and services.

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

M

Ref. Pes. LDTOl

M

M

LDTOl

LDT03

LDT04

Data

Element

345

380

344

373

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range. BA From Date of Award to Expiration Date of

Authorization Use to indicate the authorized periodfor a contractor

to retain classified materials. Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval CY

DA

MO

WK

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Calendar Year

Calendar Days

Month

Weeks

O DT 6/6

35FED850 106 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

MSG Message Text

600

CBl

Heading

Optional

50

To provide a free form format tiiat would allow the transmission of text information.

1. When CBlOl is code, 74, 76, or 78, use to provide additional clear text information.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref.

Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message te.xt. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED850 107 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED

1

Segment: POl Baseline Item Data

Position: 010

Loop: POl

Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1

' Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Notes: 1 . Use this PO 1 loop to identify all information applicable to the line item or service

being awarded.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. In those rare instances where Table 2 information is not required, e.g., if an Agreement has no detail information, only POlOl is required to be transmitted. In that instance, cite the word "NONE" in POIOI.

1 If PO 1 03 is present, then PO 1 02 is required. 2 If POl 05 is present, then POl 04 is required.

3 If either PO 1 06 or PO 1 07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either POl 08 or POl 09 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO 11 0 or PO 1 1 1 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either PO 11 2 or PO II 3 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either POl 14 or POl 15 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either PO 1 1 6 or PO 1 1 7 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either PO 1 1 8 or PO 1 1 9 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either PO120 or P0121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either POl 22 or POl 23 is present, then the other is required. ^ 12 If either POl 24 or POl 25 is present, then the other is required.

1 See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of ID's. 2 POlOl is the line item identification 3 PO 1 06 through PO 125 provide for ten ( 1 0) different product/service ID's per each

item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., UPC No., ISBN No., Model No.,

SKU.

Ref. Pes. POlOlData

Element

350

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

1. Use to identify the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN), the Sub Contract Line

Item Number (SUBCLIN), or the Exhibit Line Item Number (ELIN), ifone is assigned. For Army PADDS users only, use also to identify SUBCLIN with

concatenated Relationship Code, for example. 0001AC003; and SUBCLIN with

concatenated Relationship Code and Delivery Relationship Code (last two

characters), for example, 000IAC00302.

2. If Table 2 data is not required. Cite the word "NONE. " PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X R 1/9

Quantity ordered.

7. Use to specify the quantity applicable to the line item. Step ladder quantities

applicable to requirements or indefinite quantity award instruments and the related prices are carried in the 2/CTP/040 segment.

35FED850 108 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

the SUBCUN level. PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level ifquantities are specified at

the SUBCUN level.

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

SX Shipment

Use when POlOl is a CLINfor transportation charges.

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a Job or a Task. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. PO104 212 Unit Price X R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. When PO105 is either code NC, NS, or TB, enter the number 0. PO105 639 Basisof Unit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. ES Estimated

FB Fabrication Cost Use to indicate the price includes the incorporation of

GFE, GFM. or GFP.

KA Price with Government Furnished Property Use to indicate the price ofthe items includes the use of GFP, GFE, or GFM to manufacture the item. NC No Charge

NE Not to Exceed

NS Not Separately Priced Use to indicate the item is not separately priced but is included in the price ofthe item to which it pertains.

TB To be negotiated.

PO106 235 Product/Ser\ice ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identif>ing the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

7. PO106 through P0125 are used in pairs, e.g., PO106 contains a qualifier

code and PO107 contains data related to the code.

2. Any code can be used, but the listed codes are preferred.

A8 Exhibit Line Item Number

AK Refined Product Code

CG Commodity Grouping

Use to indicate a commodity code. CH Country ofOrigin Code

CL Color

CN Commodity Name

35FED850 109 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

EFExhibit Identifier Use to indicate the letter assigned to an exhibit. F7 End-Item Description

Use to indicate the end item to which the ordered item applies.

F8 Next Higher Used Assembly

Use to indicate the next higher assembly to which the ordered item applies.

FS National Stock Number

The NSN shall be transmitted without dashes. FT Federal Supply Classification IN Buyer's Item Number

Use to indicate a locally assigned code for a product or service whenever stock

number does not apply.

KA Engineering Data List Use to indicate the Engineering Data List that contains technical information

related to the CLIN or SUBCLIN

KB Data Category Code

When POlOl is a CLIN or SUBCLIN related to an exhibit, use to indicate the data category ofa Contract Data Requirements List. KD Replacement National Stock Number

KF Item Type Number

KG Time Compliant Technical Order

KI Cognizance Symbol

KJ Material Control Code

KK Special Material Identification Code

KL Item Management Code

KM ShelfLife Code

KN ShelfLife Action Code

LT Lot Number

MF Manufacturer

When used, cite the DUNS number ofthe manufacturer in the following data

element. MG Manufacturer's Part Number

When used, a second 235/234 pair must be used citing either code MFor ZB. MN Model Number

NI National Drug Code in 4-4-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-3-2 Format

N3 National Drug Code in 5-4-1 Format

N4 National Drug Code in 5-4-2- Format

ND National Drug Code (NDC)

PD Part Number Description

Use to indicate a clear text description ofan item that cannot be identified by a

number, e.g., transportation.

PU Part Reference Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by an industry (not related to a specific

manufacturer). Do not use for National Drug Codes.

RC Returnable Container No. Use to indicate an NSN, manufacturer's part number, or other identifying

number (except a serial number) ofa returnable container. The serial number

ofa returnable container will be carried in the REFsegment with code RS. SN Serial Number

Use to indicate the serial number ofthe item cited in POIOI. For example, the

serial number ofan aircraft engine that is to be repaired.

SV Service Rendered

Use to indicate (in text) the service being ordered. SW Stock Number

Use to indicate a local stock number.

35FED850 110 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA)

Use to indicate the size ofan item being ordered. UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)

VP Vendor's (Seller's) Part Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by a contractor other than a

manufacturer.

ZB Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

Use to indicate a manufacturer who can be identified by a CAGE code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. PO107 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the tyTJe/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. PO109 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. POllO 235 Product/Senice ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the t>'pe/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POlll 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0112 235 Product/Senice ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0113 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0114 235 Product/ServicelD Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0115 234 Product/ScrvicelD X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in ProductyService ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0117 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0118 235 Product/ServicelD Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0119 234 Product/ServicelD X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

35FED850 111 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0121 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0123 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0125 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service.

35FED850 112 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: CNl Contract Information

Position: 025

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic data about the contract or contract line item

Notes: Use this 2/CNI/025 segment to identity the type of pricing arrangement that is applicable to a specific line item if it differs from the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire award instrument. BEG09 identifies the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire award instrument. BEG09 and the 2/CN1/025 segment can both be included

in the transaction set if needed.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 CN102 is contract amount.

2 CN103 is the allowance or charge percent.

3 CN104 is the contract code. 4 CN106 is an additional identifying number for the contract. Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M CNlOl 1166 Contract Type Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CB Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost CW Cost Plus Award Fee CX Cost Plus Fi.xed Fee FB Fi.xed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

FC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FD Fixed Price Redetermination Use to indicate a prospective fixedprice

redetermination award line item. FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort FK No Cost FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

ZZ Mutually Defined

35FED850 113 April 24, 1995
Federal 830 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Use to indicate a retroactive fixedprice

redetermination award line item. X CN102 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/lS

Monetary amount. X CN103 332 Percent O R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

X CN104 127 Reference Number O AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

X CN105 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discoimt Due Date. X CN106 799 Version Identifier O AN 1/30

Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm.

35FED850 114 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FED!

Segment: P03 Additional Item Detail

Position: 030

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To specily additional item related data involving variations in normal price/quantity

structure. Notes: Use this 2/PO3/030 segment to provide additional information applicable to the CLIN,

SUBCLIN, or ELIN specified in POIOI.

Syntax Notes: 1 If PO304 is present, then at least one of PO303 or PO305 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 Some examples of price/quantity variations are: price in different units from the POl segment, price changes by date, or price changes by quantity (break and level). 2 PO307 defines the unit of measure for PO306.

M

Ref. Pes. PO301

X

X

X

X

M

M

PO302

PO303

PO304

PO305

PO306

PO307

Data

Element

371

373

236

212

639

380

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Change Reason Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the reason for price or quantity change.

AQ Alternate Quantity and Unit of Measure

Use to indicate that the CUN, SUBCUN. or EUNhas

alternate quantity and unit ofmeasure (e.g., POl 02/03

could cite 10. 000 LB and PO306/07 could cite 10 SH.

Both quantities and units ofmeasure are applicable to the item being purchased - steel plates).

EV Estimated Quantity Use to indicate the quantityfor the CUN, SUBCLIN.

or ELIN cited in POl01 is an estimate.O DT 6/6

X ID 3/3

1/17

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Price Identifier Code

Code identifying pricing specification.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Unit Price O R

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. Basis of Unit Price Code X ID

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Quantity M R

Numeric value of quantify.

Due to the mandatory nature ofthis data element, when PO301 is code EV,

repeat the quantity cited in PC102. Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. Due to the mandatory nature ofthis data element, when PO301 is code EV,

repeat the unit ofmeasure cited in POl 03.

Ill

1/15

35FED850 115 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Inslrument RELEASE - FEDl

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X PO308 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

35FED850 116 April 24, 1995
Federal S50 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: CTP Pricing Information

Position: 040

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify pricing information Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify various prices for the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN cited in POlOl for a basic award instrument, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity, etc. These

include prices for a step ladder quantities; for different packaging requirements, i.e., level A, B, or C Preservation or Packing; or for delivery to various geographic locations

(zones).

2. Example of step ladder quantity prices for quantities 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, and 31-50:

CTP**PBQ**l*EAn/l

CTP**ICL*25.00*10*EA n/1 CTP**ICL*24.50*20*EA n/1 \ CTP**ICL*23.50*30*EA nJl CTP**MAX*22.00*50*EA n/1

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 IfCTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required.

3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP 10 is present, then CTP02 is required.

1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90 would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount.

1 See Figures Appendi.x for an e.xample detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04.

See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and

CTP07.

Ref.

Pes. CTPOl

CTP02

Data

Element

687

236

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating class of trade. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Price Identifier Code X ED 3/3

Code identifying pricing specification. Use to identijy the different pricesfor a line item. /\LT Alternate Price Use to indicate a lease-to-purchase price. A request

has been submitted to ASCXI2 to add a code for

Lease-to Purchase Price. Ifapproved, we expect the code will be available in ASCXI2 Version/Release

3060. ICL Unit Price Through Quantity

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to indicate the end ofa quantity range. MAX Maximum Order Quantity Price

35FED850 117 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

CTP03

CTP04

CTP05

212

380

355

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to indicate the quantity above which the price will not

change.

PAP Protection Level Price Use to indicate the price for the packaging protection

level (preservation) cited in CTPIO.

PBQ Unit Price Beginning Quantity

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to indicate the beginning ofa quantity range. PPA Packing Level Price Use to indicate the pricefor the packing level cited in CTPIO.

ZNP Zone Price Use to indicate the price for delivery to a zone cited in CTPIO.

Unit Price O R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

X

X

X

CTP06

CTP07

CTP08

CTP09

CTPIO

648

649

782

639

499

2. A conversion table may be required to convert agency codes to ASCX12

codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3

Code indicating the type of price multiplier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

O

Multiplier

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Monetary Amount

Monetary amount.

Basis of Unit Price Code

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Condition Value O AN

Identifies rate restrictions or provisions

When CTP02 is code PAP, PPA, or ZNP, identify the applicable protection

level, packing level or zone to which the price in CTP03 applies.

1/10

1/15

O ID 2/2

1/10

35FED850 118 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MEA Measurements

Position: 049

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 40 - Purpose: To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances,

variances, and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COOl.)

Notes: 1. Use this 2/MEA/049 segment to provide information that applies to a specific line item. Use the l/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all of the line items.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; and for a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minimum/maximum

quantity per order, the ma.\imum that may be ordered during a specified time period,

and the minimum and ma.ximum obligations of tlie govermnent and contractor, and

warranty periods.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of MEA03 MEAOS MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

2 If MEAOS is present, then MEA04 is required.

3 If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required. 4 If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required. 5 Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 MEA04 defines tlie unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

Comments: 1 When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value caimot be assumed use MEA05 as the negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Ref.

Pes. MEAOl

Data

Element

737

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Measurement Reference ID Code O ID

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies Use any code.

2/2

BT Batch Limits

When BEG02 is code KI, KQ. or KR, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits of the government's obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award

instrument. When BEG02 is code KT or RL, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits ofthe governments obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use

MEA 04-COOl 01 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

discrete quantity. Specify the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

DE Defects

Use to indicate a warranty period.

35FED850 119 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

LTLot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor's obligation

either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a requirements or an

indefinite quantity type award instrument Do not use for a purchase order or a

delivery order. Use MEA 04-COOlOl to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA 05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum that the government may orderfr-om a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument in a specified time

period. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure, and

MEA04-C00104 to identify the time period.

PMPermitted

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedper

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type procurement

instrument. Use MEA 04-COOlOl to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each,

etc.) and use MELA 05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies Use any code. MXMaximum

When MEA 01 is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be

ordered in a specified period oftime. PO Percent of Order (-, +) • -

Use to indicate the variation in quantity when it is expressed as a percent ofthe quantity ordered. Specify the percent under and/or over in MEA05/06.

RYRatio

When CNlOl is code CA, CB, CH, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in MEA 05 and the contractor share in MEA06.

TT Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length ofthe time

period in MEA03 and the time period in MEA04-C0010L

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement. MEA04 COOl Composite Unit of Measure X

35FED850 120 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

M COOlOl

X C00102

X C00103

C00104

X C00105

X C00106

X C00107

X C00108

X C00109

X COOllO

X COOlll

X C00112

X C00113

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figiu-es Appendix for examples of

use.)

7. This composite unit ofmeasure can be used to indicate the maximum that may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or an

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument.

2. For example: Ifthe maximum that can be orderedper quarter is 10, 000

each, then MEAD1 would cite code OL. MEA02 would cite code MX, MEA03

would cite 1 0. 000, MEA 04-COOl 01 would cite code EA, and MEA04-COOl 04

would cite code Ql.

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying tlie units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

• which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes toASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

7. Use any code

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier OR 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1018 Exponent OR 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

35FED850 121 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X COO 114

X C00115

MEA05

MEA06

X MEA07

MEA08

MEA09

MEAIO

which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a mukiplier to obtain a new value

740 Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range.

1. When MEA 01 is code CT, or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity under.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range.

1. When MEA 01 is code CT, or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity over.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a nitmeric measurement value carmot be detennined.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1373 Measurement Method or Device X ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 122 April 24, 1995
Federal 830 • Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

PID Product/Item Description

050

FID

Detail

Optional

1To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Use this 2/PID/050 segment to provide information applicable to a specific line item. Use the l/PID/190 segment when the information applies to all of the line items.

1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If PID07 is present, tlien PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required.

1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates tliat the specified attribute applies to this item. A "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

Comments: 1 If PIDOl = T", then PID05 is used. If PIDOl = ^^S", then PID04 is used. If PIDOl = "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies tlie individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Ref. Pes. M PIDOl

PID02

proo3

PID04

proos

PID06

Data

Element

349

750

559

751

352

752

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type M D) 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list wWch provides specific data about a product

characteristic. Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set. Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described.

35FED850 123 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

X PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 124 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PWK Paperwork

Position: 070

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To identiJfy tlie type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information Notes: 1. Use this 2/PWK/070 segment to provide paperwork information that applies to a

specific line item. Use the \ fPWKJ2lO segment to specify paperwork that is applicable

to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and the

seller and how that paperwork will be transmitted.

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 P\VK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report. 3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M PWKOl 755 Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item Use to identify the type ofpaperwork that is being provided to or must be

provided by the contractor. 25 Purchase Plan Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of

governmentfurnished property, related to this award

instrument is being sent by means other than within the transaction set. Specify the nature ofthe document in PWK07.

CI Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost and price data. C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used, identify the Wage Determination number in the 2/REF/l 00 segment using code 2Y in REFOl.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification) Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the work breakdown

structure

35FED850 125 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs DW Dra\ving(s)

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1 Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month values at specified levels of the work

breakdown structiu^e F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3 Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a given reporting period with

beginning and ending values

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource summary report that forecasts labor requirements for the remainder of a contract F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5 Contract summary or detail report explaining

significant cost or schedule variances IT Certified Inspection and Test Results KA Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL)

Use to indicate that an attachment applicable to a

Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) will be

provided.

MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and payments

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance S9 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that makes a representation about a specific condition Use to indicate a payment andperformance bond.

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

TO Demand Report Use to indicate a Contract Data Requirement List (CDRL) deliverable. US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be

35FED850 126 AprU24. 1995

)
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

sent While any listed code can be used, code EL is preferred when the indicated

paperwork can be provided electronically using one ofthe transaction sets specifically designedfor the purpose. BE By Mail and Electronically Use to indicate E-Mail.

BM By Mail

CF • Courier

EL Electronically Only

Use to indicate Electronic Data Interchange (EDI).

FX By Fax

WS With Shipment (With Package)

PWK03 757 Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee. The number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified in this data element. PWK04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipientfor the same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOI. Provide the address ofthe

recipient in either the l/Nl/310 or 2/N1/350 segment and/or the communications number ofthe recipient in either the I/PER/360 or 2/PER/400

segment.

ID Contracting Oflicer Representative

BY Buying Party (Purchaser) Use to indicate the contracting officer. C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report Use when PWKOI is code IT or MR.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsiblefor a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KY Technical Office

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

235 Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

35FED850 127 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X PWK05

X PWK06

PWK07

PWK08

M C00201

C00202

C00203

C00204

C00205

66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

3. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead time for submission ofthe payment andperformance bond.

C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be perfonned on the piece of paperwork identified 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ED 1/2

Code specifying how the papenvork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 35, CI, C5. CP, CX, CY, Fl,

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR, MS, PD, PM, PP. S9, SN, or

US, indicate the specified paperwork is required to be

provided by the contractor. PV Provided

When PWKOl is code AE, C6, DW. KA, PJ, or SP, use

to indicate the specified paperwork will be provided by

the buyer.

704 Papenvork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the papenvork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 128 April 24. 1995
Fedml 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: P04 Item Physical Details

Position: 090

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights and dimensions relating to the

item. Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the weight, cube, or dimensions of the imit or

intermediate pack; the unit pack quantity or intermediate container quantity; to indicate

that palletized loads are required; or to indicate that shrink wrap is required. To Sf>ecify the unit pack quantity , use PO401, PO403, and PO404 (code UNT). If there are 50

pairs in a unit container, PO401 would cite 50, PO403 would cite code PR and PO404

would cite code UNT. If it is necessary to specify not only the quantity of items in a unit

container, but also the size and unit of measure of tliose items, use PO40I, PO402,

PO403 and PO404. In this instance, if there are 24, 12 ounce bottles in the unit

container, PO401 would cite 24, PO402 would cite 12, PO403 would cite code OZ and

PO404 would cite code UNT. In either of tliese examples, the number of unit containers

in an intermediate container would be carried in P0414. If only the quantity per

intermediate container is required, use code INT in PO404 and cite the quantity in P04I4.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required.

3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then P0413 is required.

6 If P0411 is present, then P0413 is required. 7 If P0412 is present, then P0413 is required.

8 If P04I3 is present, then at least one of PO410 P0411 or P0412 is required.

1 PO403 - The "Unit of Measure Code" (Element #355) in this segment position is for purposes of defining the pack (PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the

quantity in the inner pack unit. Example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce

packages, it would be described as follows: Element 356 = 24; Element 357 = 12; Element 355 = OZ.

2 P0413 defines the unit of measure for PO4I0, P0411, and P0412.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name

PO401 356 Pack

Attributes

O NO 1/6

Number of inner pack units per outer pack imit.

J. Use to identify the unit pack quantity.

2. Cite the number 777777 to indicate a bulk quantity (MIL-STD 2073-2C code

BLK).

3. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packager's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code YYY).

4. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - refer to

35FED850 129 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

PO402

PO403

357

355

PO404 103

PO405

PO406

PO407

187

384

355

PO408 385

supplemental data, special instructions or drawings provided" (MIL-STD 2073-

2C code ZZZ).

Size X R 1/8

Size of supplier units in pock. Use only to identify the size of the individual items within a unit container. Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in wliich a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASC X12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Packaging Code O AN 3/5

Code identifying the type of packaging. Part 1. Packaging form. Part 2. Packaging Material. INT Intermediate Container

PAF Pallet - 4 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

each of its four sides PAT Pallet - 2 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

opposing two of its four sides SRW Shrink Wrap

In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by

placing a large ''bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and

cause the bag to tighten around the contents UNT Unit Use to indicate a unit container. Weight Qualifier O D) 1/2

Code defining the type of weight. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Gross Weight per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross weight per pack. Use to specify the weight of a container. The weight shall be provided to 1 decimal point.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASC XI 2 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Gross Volume per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross volume per pack. Use to specify the cube of a container. The cube shall be provided to 3 decimal

places.

35FED850 130 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X TD 111 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in wliich a measurement lias been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to /iSCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. PO410 82 Length O R 1/8

Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright position.

P0411 189 Width O R 1/8

Shoner measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the object in the upright position.

P0412 65 Height O R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position. Use to specify the depth of the container. P0413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASC X12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0414 810 Inner Pack O NO 1/6

Number of units in each selling pack

1. Use to specify the qiiantily of unit containers in an intermediate container.

2. Cite the number 666666 to indicate "See Appendix B, MJL-STD 2073-lB"

(MJL-STD 2073-2C code AAA).

3. Cite the number 777777 to indicate "See method ofpreservation" (MIL-STD

2073-2C code XXX).

4. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packer's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (AIIL-STD 20 73-2c code YYY).

5. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - see specific

drcTiving or instruction provided" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code ZZZ).

35FED850 131 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 100

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specily identifying numbers.

Notes: Use this 2/REF/lOO segment to identify reference numbers that apply to a specific line item. Use the l/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all of the

line items. Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Pm^chase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale. 2Y Wage Detennination Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination number. Use ifthe Wage Detennination

is passed by reference only or to identify the Wage

Determination passed by some other means identified

in the PWK segment.

5N Citation of Statute Use to indicate the authorization under which this instrument is awarded.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements Use to indicate the Statement of Work number or number within the Statement of Work where additional

information can be found. Ifa Statement of Work is part ofthe award, the PWK segment can be used to

* indicate how the SOW is being provided.

82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference

Specific data elements that the government will ask a

contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific

requirement documents

83 E.xtended (or Exhibit) Line Item Number (ELIN)

35FED850 132 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Identifies specific line items to be delivered for a

contract 97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

9G Department of Defense Form 250 Requirement Code

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance

requirementsfor a data item specified on a Contract Data Requirements List. AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

BL Government Bill of Lading

DO Drawing Number

EV Receiver Identification Number

A unique number identifying the organization/site

location designated to receive the current transmitted

transaction set Use to indicate the requiring office, i.e., the technical

office responsible for ensuring adequacy ofthe data

required on a Contract Data Requirements List. Use

an abbreviation ofthe activity, e.g., NSPCC, Navy

Ship's Parts Control Center. IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MJLSTRIP/FEDSTRJP

document) number.

IQ End Item Use to indicate an end item to which a line item

pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number.

KO Approval Code

Use to indicate the approval code on a Contract Data

Requirements List. K6 Purchase Description

KL Contract Reference

For a Contract Data Requirements List data item, use

to indicate the reference in the contract that generates

the requirementfor the data item (e.g.. Statement of

Work paragraph).

KS Solicitation A discreet number assigned by the purchasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in

this award instrument. Ifapplicable, concatenate the LAST amendment number with the solicitation number.

KV Distribution Statement Code

Use to indicate the code on a Contract Data

Requirements List that specifies the distribution statement a contractor is to mark on a data item. LT Lot Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

35FED850 133 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to the

line item. PH Priority Rating

Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP priority

rating.

PR Price Quote Number

Use to indicate the contractor's bid, quote or proposal

number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

RQ Purchase Requisition No. Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line item number with the purchase request number if it is necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

82 Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

S3 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fiiel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

Use to indicate the unique reference number for a

related transaction set (e.g., an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried in SPI02.

TP Test Specification Number

VQ Related Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a line item in the procurement

instrument to which another line item pertains.

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a MIL-STD.

When used, identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction

35FED850 134 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

one occurrence ofthe REFsegment with code IL in REFOl.

WF

XC

Locally Assigned Control Number

Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate the tracking numberfor bulkfuel being

sent by a tanker vessel. Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of government priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

Mutually Defined Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in

XE

zz

REF02 127 Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Ifthe document has a revision or an extension, the document number and the revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data

element.

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

REF02.

35FED850 135 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 110

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be

directed Notes: Use this 2/PER/l 10 segment to provide names and communication numbers for points

of contact applicable to a line item and which are not associated with an address. Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PEROl 366 Contact Function Code M ED 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AU Report Authorizer Use to indicate the approver ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on a basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes Grants Management Specialists.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate a Contracting Officer's Representative.

NT Notification Contact Use to indicate the party to be contactedfor shipping

instructions. Use when LDTOl in the 2/LDT/321

segment is code AI and the 2/MSG/323 segment

specifies a requirement to obtain shipping instructions. PI Preparer

A firm, organization, or individual who determines the

ta.x liability from information supplied by the taxpayer Use to indicate the preparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. RE Receiving Contact Use to indicate the party to be contacted to schedule a

shipment. Use when LDTOl is code AI in the 2/LDT/321 segment and the 2/MSG/323 segment

specifies a requirement to schedule a shipment.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

35FED850 136 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

EM

FX

IT

TE

to provide the party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying tlie type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number. Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

(he individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including coimtry or area code when

applicable.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number. Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

AU

EM

EX

FX

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either codeAU or TE. Facsimile

35FED850 137 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED850 138 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

130

SAC

Detail

Optional

1To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amomit

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Use this 2/SAC/130 segment to identify services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges and,

if applicable, quantities, that apply to specific line items. If the services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges apply to all of the line items, use the l/SAC/120 segment.

1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC 10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SACll is present, then SACIO is required. 6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 7 If SAC 14 is present, then SAC 13 is required.

1 If S ACO 1 is A or C, then at least one of S AC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SACIO and SACl 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SACIO and SACl 1 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by the code used. 6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a "Dollar Basis

Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SACIO using the qualifier DO - Dollars in SAC09.

M

Ref. Pes. SACOlData

Element

248

SAC02 1300

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified.

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate there is no charge for the specified

sen'ice. Service, Promotion, Allow ancc, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying the scrx'ice, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used, but it should be the same code as provided in the quote

35FED850 139 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

or offer. The following is a list ofpreferred codes.

B180 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

Use to indicate a reusable container.

B870 Custom Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C880 Expediting Premium

D500 Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a less than carload charge or truckload delivery.

E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

FI50 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery

Use to indicate a charge for the preparation ofa DD Form 250.

G030 Reconnect Charge

G350 Rents and Leases 0470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

G580 Royalties

G660 Scrap A llowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items Use to indicate the amountfor Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Services Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

1590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15

35FED850 140 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award iDStrument RELEASE - FEDl

SAC06

SAC07

SAC08

SAC09

378

332

118

355

SACIO 380

X

SACll

SAC12

SAC13

380

331

127

X SAC14

X SAC15

770

352

Monetary amount. Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Percent ^ X R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4. 72% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Rate O R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specLfying the units in which a value is being expressed, or marmer in which a measurement has been taken

A conversion table may be required to convert agency codes toASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity. Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the amount in SAC05

applies.

Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity. Use only ifSACIO is used. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity

range. Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier. Use to identify the A CRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a charge or allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and their relationship to the financial accounting data they represent are established in the 1/AA4T/287 loop

Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered. Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 141 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

LeveJ: Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

1X8 Conditions of Sale

140

POl

Detail

Optional

1To specify general conditions or requirements and to detail conditions for substitution of

alternate products

Use this 2/IT8/140 segment to specify special services or conditions that vary by line item. Use the 1/CSH/l 10 segment when tlie special services or conditions apply to all of

the line items.

123

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

3

1

At least one of IT801 IT802 IT803 IT805 or IT807 is required.

If either IT808 or IT809

If either IT810or ITS 11

If either ITS 12 or ITS 13

If either ITS 14 or ITS 15

If either ITS 16 or ITS 17

If either ITS IS or ITS 19

If either IT820 or IT821

If either IT822 or IT823

If either IT824 or IT825

If either ITS26 or ITS27

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required,

s present, then the other is required.

ITS03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed. ITS04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

IT805 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice. Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of ID's. ITS08 through IT827 provides for ten (10) different product/service ID's for each

item. Example: Case, Color, Drawing No., UPC No., ISBN No., Model No., SKU.

Ref. Pes. IT801

Data

Element

563

IT802 564

IT803 610

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Sales Requirement Code X ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

P4 DoNotPreship

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SV Ship Per Release Use to indicate that the ordered item(s) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Excced Action Code X ID 1/1

Code indicating tlie action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount. Use to identify a maximum price that ifthe contractor would exceed, the order

35FED850 142 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

need not be filled.

X

X

X

IT804

IT805

IT806

IT807

IT808

X IT809

X IT810

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

IT811

IT812

IT813

IT814

X 1X8 15

X IT816

IT817

IT818

IT819

IT820

508 Account Number O AN 1/35

Account number assigned.

373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 566 Product/Service Substitution Code X ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ED X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying tlie type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

35FED850 143 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instruftient RELEASE - FEDl

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ED (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT821 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT822 235 Product/Service ffi Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT823 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT824 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT825 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT826 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT827 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service.

35FED850 144 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

150

POl

Detail

Optional

2To specify terms of sale. Use this 2/ITD/150 segment when discounts vary by line item. Use the l/ITD/130

segment when the discount applies to all of the line items.

1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD 10 or ITD 11 is required.

1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

1 If the code in ITDOI is 04, then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD 10 or ITD 1 1 is required; if tlie code in ITDOI is 05, then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

Ref. Pes. ITDOI

ITD02

ITD03

m)04

ITD05

ITD06

ITD07

ITD08

ITD09

ITD 10

ITDll

m)12

Data

Element

336

333

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Terms Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date.

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned. Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned. Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6 Date when total invoice amount becomes due. Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable).

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of tenns discount. Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 6/6 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due. Deferred Amount Due X N2 1/10

Deferred amount due for payment. Percent of Invoice Payable X R 1/5

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent.

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify tlie related data elements and their content.

35FED850 145 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X ITD13 765 Day of Month X NO 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced. X ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

35FED850 146 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: DIS Discount Detail

Position: 160

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 20

Purpose: To specify the exact type and terms of various discount information. Notes: l.Use this 2/DIS/160 segment to identify volume discount information applicable to the

line item that is based on the dollar value purchased.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

2. Use the 2/N9/330 segment, with N901 citing code KD, and the 2/MSG/340, to specify other volume or promotional discounts that apply to a line item.

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discount. 2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

Data Element Summary

M

M

M

M

M

Ref. Des. DISOl

DIS02

DIS03

DIS04

DIS05

DIS06

Data

Element

653

654

655

656

657

657

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M ID 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Value M R 1/10

A multiplier amount used in conjuncUon with discount base qualifier to determine tlie value of the discount. Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discount. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Control Limit M NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount. Discount Control Limit O NO 1/10

Amount or lime associated with application of the discount.

35FED850 147 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 • Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

Position: 180

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

Notes: 1. Use this 2/FOB/180 segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance location for a

specific line item. Use the l/FOB/080 segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance

location that applies to all the line items.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

FOBO 1 indicates wliich party will pay the carrier. FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M FOBOl 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges.

BP Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the buyer to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL) will be issued. PE Prepaid and Summary Bill Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to be invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller) Use to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice. PS Paid by Seller The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate transportation charges are included in the unit price.

FOB02 309 Location Qualiflcr X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location.

35FED850 148 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

FOB03

FOB04

FOB05

FOB06

352

334

335

309

Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point) rr Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

origin or final destination but rather at some other

point Use to indicate the FOB point is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code IC in NlOl.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KXin NlOl.

KL Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

KP Government Furnished Property FOB Point Use to indicate that the FOB point isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate another FOB point, i.e., neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the Nl

loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Description O AN l/8o

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ED 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the inspection

location unless NlOl in the 2/N1/350 loop is Code LI. DE

OR

ZZ

FOB07 352 Description

Destination (Shipping)

Origin (Shipping Point)

Mutually Defined Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the acceptance point

address in the Nl loop, citing code KZ in NlOl;

provide the inspection point in another iteration ofthe Nl loop, citing code LI in NlOl.

O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 149 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specilying where responsibility for risk of loss passes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 150 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDI

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

SDQ Destination Quantity

190

POl

Detail Optional

500

To specify destination and quantity detail. Use this segment when known quantities of the line item are to be delivered to multiple

locations on the same date, and the locations can be identified by a DUNs number, a CAGE code, a Contractor Establishment Code, a DoDAAC, or a MAPAC.

1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ 10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQl 1 or SDQ 12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ 13 or SDQ 14 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either SDQ 15 or SDQ 16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ 17 or SDQ 18 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either SDQ 19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either SDQ2 1 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required.

1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,

SDQ09, SDQll, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21.

1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number.

3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,

selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or

industry conventions.

M

Ref. Pes. SDQOlData

Element

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use the same code as specified in POl 05.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert codes

to ASC XI 2 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While thefederal EDIprogram uses the DUNS number, other government users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and additional

numbers for a transition period in order to cross reference existing data bases

to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

35FED850 151 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

33

A2

M SDQ03 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. M SDQ04 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ05 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ06 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ07 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ08 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ09 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQIO 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQll 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ12 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ13 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ14 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ15 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ16 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ17 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ18 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ19 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ20 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ21 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ22 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

X SDQ23 310 Location Identifier

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

M AN 2/20

M R 1/15

X AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 2/20

R 1/15

AN 1/30

35FED850 152 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instniinent

Code which identifies a specific location.

RELEASE - FEDl

,1

35FED850 153 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 210

Loop: POl

Level: Detail Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Notes: 1. Use this 2/DTM/2 10 segment to provide actual dates applicable to the line item. Use

the l/DTM/150 segment when the dales apply to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment for delivery infonnation when the required delivery can be specified as an actual date. If the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event, use the 2/LDT/321 loop or the 2/LDT/462 loop if the delivery

schedule is applicable to a named entity.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTMOl 374 Date/Time Qualif ier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date

specified.

174 Month Ending

r Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last calendar day ofthe month.

193 Period Start Use to indicate the start ofa period ofperformance.

194 Period End

35FED850 154 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

227

228

275

368

375

376

405

600

601

602

937

994

996

DTM02 373 Date

Use to indicate the end ofa period ofperformance. Lease Term Start Lease Term End

Approved

Date report was approved by contractor representative Use to indicate the approval date ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. Submittal Date an item was submitted to a customer When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set. Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

time period.

Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/time for deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

time period.

Production

Used to identify dates and times that operations or

processes were performed Use to indicate the preparation date ofa Contract Data Requirements List. As Of

Use to indicate the "as of date for submission ofdata.

First Submission Use to indicate the date ofthe first submission ofa

data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements

List. Subsequent Submission

Use to indicate the date(s) ofa subsequent

submission(s) ofa data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements List. Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. Ifrevisions or modifications are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOl is code PR, use to indicate the date ofthe quote or offer. Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the specified date. X DT 6/6

35FED850 155 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

DTM03

DTM04

DTM05

DTM06

Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHMMformat.

623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time. CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format.

1. Use any code.

624 Century

1250

2. Use to qualify a date when it is necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat. Use also, to qualify a range ofdates or times. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. DTM07 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times. Use to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, e.g., use code

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range for March 30, 1994 between

1 : 00 PM and 4: 00 PM local time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey the March 30,

1994 date.

35FED850 156 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

250

POl

Detail

Optional

12To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information

Use this 2/TD5/250 segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to a

specific line item. Use the 2/TD5/430 segment if the transportation method for the line item applies to a named entity. 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD5 1 2 is required.

2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD510 is present, then TD51I is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within the movement; use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the systein/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number in TD503 is the DoDAAC ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCXJ2 codes.

D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

X TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

35FED850 157 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specilying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. When BEG02 is code EO, use to identify the transportation requirements to satisfy the emergency order.

2. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 158 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

270

POl

Detail Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or liazardous materials

information or both

Use this 2/TD4/270 segment to provide special handling or hazardous material

information that applies to a specific line item. Use the 2/TD4/450 segment when the information applies to a named entity. 1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Des. TD401Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

X ro 2/3

TD402

TD403

TD404

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 159 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbcmbers

Position: 280

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Notes: 1. Use this 2/MAN/280 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to a specific

line item. Use the l/MAN/270 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to all the line items.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number. Transportation Control

number. Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When botli MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is \1\q ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ED numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, tlie integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Name Attributes

Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED850 160 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 289

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow tlie transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use to provide any plain text information not associated with a lead time, a clause, or

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

an address.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

Data

Element

933 Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Name Attributes

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED850 161 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

SPI Specification Identifier

291

POl

Detail

Optional

>1

To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items. Use this segment to identify those elements of the award instrument that are classified and to specify the level of classification.

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, tlien the other is required.

M

Ref. Pes. SPIOl

Data

Element

786

SPIOl 128

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Use to specify the level ofgovernment security classification or commercial

protection level assigned to the items identified in SPI02/03. Ifthe item has

both a government security classification and a commercial protection level, cite the government security classification in this data element and cite the commercial protection level in SPI09.

06 Supplier Proprietary

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Govermnent Top Secret Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

1. Use to identify items within the transaction set that are classified, e.g., FMS

case number, drawing number, SOW, etc. Use SPI04 to further define the number or description ofthe item cited in SPI03, ifnecessary.

2. Use any code.

DD Document Identification Code

Use to indicate an Engineering Data List. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI03 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

SPI04 790 Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity.

Use only ifnecessary to further define the item cited in SPI03.

SPI05 791 Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of tlie data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction. SPI06 792 Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic

35FED850 162 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

data item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SPI07 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

When SPIOl is code 92, 93, or 94, use to identify the commercial protection

level assigned to the item in SPI03, ifapplicable.

06 Supplier Proprietary

X SPUD 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code idenUlying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

X SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set. X SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detailldcntifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 163 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

M

Ref. Pes. TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

TXI04

TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

TXI Tax Information

292

POl

Detail Optional

>1

To specify tax information.

Use this 2/TXI/292 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amoimts.

Use the l/TXI/285 segment to identify taxes that apply to the entire order amount.

1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required. 2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

1 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment.

1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax. 2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Data

Element

963

782

954

955

956

441

662

TXI08 828

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Tax Type Code M YD 111 Code specifying the type of tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount. Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction.

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Relationship Code O ED 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add

D Delete

I Included

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or tax

35FED850 164 AprU24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, coimty, etc.), often called a tax exemption number or certificate number.

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number when

required by the taxingjurisdiction.

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

1. Use to identify theACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the financial

accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/287 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

TXIIO 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

35FED850 165 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

SCH Line Item Schedule

295

SCH

Detail

Optional

1To specify the data for scheduling a specific line item. Use the 2/SCH/295 segment to describe a partial delivery when it can be specified as an

actual date and tliere is only one ship-to address. If there is more than one entity

receiving partial shipments, use the 2/SCH/415 segment.

1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required. 2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCHIO is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, tlienSCHOS is required.

4 If SCHIO is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH12 is the schedule identification.

1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. SCHOl

SCH02

Data

Element

380

355

X

M

SCH03

SCH04

SCH05

98

93

374

Name Attributes

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCXJ2 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002

017

037

063

064

065

066

Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument.

Estimated Delivery

Ship Not Before

Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

1st Schedule Delivery

1st Schedule Ship

35FED850 166 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

358 Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. M SCH06 373 Date M DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

SCH07 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD - decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows; D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHhAMformat.

SCH08 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument. 017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. Oil Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

376 Delivery End

35FED850 167 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

The date that deliveries will end

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. SCH09 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

SCHIO 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHMMformat.

SCHll 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number).

Use to identify a reference number applicable to the delivery, e.g., a requisition

number.

SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

35FED850 168 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

300

PKG

Detail

Optional

1To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements.

1. Use this 2/PKG/300 segment when packaging requirements apply to specific line items. Use the 2/PKG/460 segment if the packaging requirements apply to a named

entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container; the number of

unit containers in a intermediate container; a requirement for palletized loads or shrink

wrap; or the gross weight, cube and dimensions of a unit container or an intermediate

container, is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required. 2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required. 3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGO 1 is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 = " F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 =

' ' S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = '^X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. PKGOlData

Element

349

PKG02 753

Name Attributes

Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

DPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

35FED850 169 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PM

PML

SMK

UC

UCL

WM

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 395J is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

Preservation Method

Preservation Material

Special Marking

Unit Container

Unit Container Level

Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI 2. Ifapproved, a codefor Federal Government will be available in the ASCXI2 Version/Release 3060.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

7. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent ofthe number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD-2073-2C.

Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

7. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

2. Use offree text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set. X PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

35FED850 170 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code identilying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 171 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LS Loop Header

320

POl

Detail

Optional

1To indicate that the next segment begins a loop

Use this segment only if the 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use of this segment will prevent

collision between segments.

1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body

as "mandatory", this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header

and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram

in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

M

Ref. Pes. LSOlData

Element

447

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE

35FED850 172 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 321

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services. Notes: 1 . Use this 2/LDT/32 1 loop when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence of some event, and varies by line item. If the delivery schedule is applicable to a named entity, use the 2/LDT/462 loop. If this segment is used, the 2/DTM/2I0 segment is not used to describe a delivery schedule.

2. The following are examples of how this LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*EAn/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month commencing

180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*MOn/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter

commencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/1 QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/1 QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/1 LDT*AM*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*1000*MOn/l

QTY*lK*10*MOn/l

LDT*AK*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*500*EAn/l

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating tlie time range. AA From date of PO receipt to sample ready.

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment.

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment.

AF From date of PO receipt to deliveiy.

35FED850 173 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

AH

AI

AJ

AK

AM

AV

AW

AX

AY

AZ

From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article Approval

From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in the following MSG segment. Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting ofshipping

instructions, cite the contact communications number

in the 2/PER/l 10 segment.

From Date of First Delivety to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

Subsequent Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Deliveiy

From Date of Award to Date of Completion

From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item M LDT02

M LDT03

380

344

Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit of Time Period or Interval Code indicating the time period or interval

M R 1/15

M ID 2/2

CY

DA

KK

MO

QY

SA

WK

LDT04 373

Calendar Year

Calendar Days

Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate a flexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. Month

Quarter of a Year

Semiannual

Weeks

Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example, the start date of

the cited activity.

35FED850 174 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 322

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify quantity information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be dehvered in accordance with a dehvery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use also, to indicate the length of tlie delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

of shipments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M QTYOl 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity.

IJ Due

The amount due to the customer Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered. IK Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours) Use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

52 Number of Originals Use to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. K6 Drafts Use to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. KF Duplicates Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. SA Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to complete the deliverable quantity.

M QTYO^ 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

L When QTYOl is code IJ. cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe delivery period in this data

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

35FED850 175 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

DA Days ,

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code JJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

YR Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 176 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 323

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

page, advance a line, etc.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

Data

Element

933 Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message te.xt. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Name Attributes

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED850 177 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

324

LDT

Detail

Optional

3To specily identifying numbers.

Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc. 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M m 2/2

10

IZAT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MJLSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. IVhen REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED850 178 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LM Code Source Information

325

LM

Detail

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

Use this 2/LM/325 loop to provide the codes from DoD 5010.12-M that identify the frequency of delivery for a Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) data item.

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

35FED850 179 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Industry Code

Position: 326

Loop: LM

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, tlien LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. LQOl

Data

Element

1270

Name

Code List Qualifier Code

Code identifying a specific industry code list

Attributes

O ID 1/3

FX Frequency

LQ02 1271

Use to indicate the deliveryfrequency codefor a data

item deliverable on a Contract Data Requirements List. Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

35FED850 180 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LE Loop Trailer

Position: 327

Loop: POl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete

Notes: Use this segment only if the 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use of this segment will prevent

collision between segments.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the iimer nested

loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body

as "mandatory", this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header

and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction

set diagram in tlie appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendi.x for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

M

Ref. Pes. LEOlData

Element

447

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE

35FED850 181 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N9 Reference Number

Position: 330

Loop: N9

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the

reference number qualifier Notes: 1. Use this 2/N9/330 loop to identify various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, FIRMR,

GSARS, VAARS, Agency, or other clauses), 0MB Circular, special instructions, or

other references that are applicable to a specific line item. If the information applies to

all of the line items, use the 1/N9/290 loop.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric alternate

identifier and the date MUST be cited in the following MSG segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. N901Data

Element Name

128 Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

73

BB

CJ

DP

DX

EC

FA

GS

H4

Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements

Authorization Number

Proves that permission was obtained to provide a

service Use to indicate the Code ofFederal Regulations.

Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a

clause notfound in FAR/DFAR/FIRMR). Identify the purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the agency in N903.

Circular Use to indicate an Office ofManagement and Budget

(0MB) circular

number.

Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

Federal Information Resources Management

Regulation

35FED850 182 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

K7 Paragraph Number

Use to provide information for a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in N902 andprovide the information in the following MSG segment. The

numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires. KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the agency, or purchasing activity issuing the special

instruction in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG

segment.

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable

to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that contains applicable terms and conditions. VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe reference in N903 and use the following MSG segment,

ifnecessary, to pass text. N902 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text.

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency, or purchasing

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

3. Mien N90I is code ZZ, use to identify the source ofthe reference and use the following MSG segmentfor text, ifnecessary. N904 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion of

the date is always 01.

35FED850 183 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

X N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

X N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 860 1, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 184 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 340

Loop: N9

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to carry the title or full text of any clause, if it is required, a special

instruction, or other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. Tliis segment is also used to carry clause fill-in information that is not provided

elsewhere within the transaction set. When providing fill-in information, the clause

title, if cited, and the alternate identifier and date, if applicable, will be the first data

provided. This data will be followed by a numeric designation of the fill-ins being

provided. Each fill-in will be preceded by the paragraph or section identifier in the clause where the fill-in information is to be inserted (if identifiers are included in the

clause). If there is no paragraph or section designator, the required information will immediately follow the numeric designation of the fill-ins being provided.

3. A pipe sign (|) will be inserted after each data item. As an Example, the fill-in information required by FAR 52.212-3 will be provided as follows:

Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work| Alternative I (Apr 1984)| 3| (a) 30| (c) Sep 30, 19951 Jan 15, 1995]

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Attributes

M AN 1/264

2/2

35FED850 185 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FED I

Segment: Name

Position: 350

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name and code

Notes: 1. Use the 2/N1/350 loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to a specific

line item. Use the l/NI/3 10 loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to all of the line items.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

the address cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

3. When this segment is used to provide a ship-to address for distribution of a data item on a Contract Data Requirements List, N102 should be used to specify the office symbol

or code within the receiving organization, if necessary.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ED Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

Rcf. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M NlOl 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28 Subcontractor

31 Postal Mailing Address Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use ifanother qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if necessary. 61 Performed At The facility where work was performed Use to indicate the place ofperformance when it is other than the contractor's mailing address. ID Contracting Officer Representative

7G . Hazardous Material Office

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point

7L Preliminary Inspection Location Use to indicate the inspection location for afirst

article. 7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

35FED850 186 April 24. 1995
Federal S50 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FED!

7P Transportation Office

88 Approver

Manufacturer's representative approving claim for payment

Use to indicate the party approving a Contract Data

Requirements List. AE Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location. BT Bill-to-Party Use to indicate the party who will provide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal government billed party

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or a copy ofthe order, needs

to receive this information.

CY Country Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign Military

Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in N102 and cite the applicable ISO country code in N404.

E5 Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator. Data

maintenance has been submitted to ASCX12 to add a

code for Investigator. Ifapproved, we expect the code

will be available for use inASCXI2 Version/Release

3060. IC Intermediate Consignee

When FOB02 is code IT, use to indicate afreight

forwarder.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

KA Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of an item of supply Use to indicate the government inventory manager.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KX Free on Board Point

When FOB02 is code KE, KL, KP, or 21, use to specif

the other FOB point.

KY Technical Office Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance

over the technical portion ofthe order, ifdifferent than

the office originating the order. Do not use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal directly with the cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location

35FED850 187 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use when the acceptance point is other than at origin or destination. LI Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to be described as an address. 01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection activity is other than the Contract Administration Ojfice. PI Preparer

The finn, organization, or individual who determines

the tax liability from information supplied by the taxpayer Use to indicate the preparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PR Payer Use to indicate the paying office. PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

Ifthe address is an FPO orAPO, use the appropriate

code in NlOl, cite FPO orAPO in N102, cite the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York, AP

for San Francisco) in N406.

SV Service Performance Site When services are contracted for, this describes the organization for whom or location address at which

those services will be perfonned

Use to indicate the location where a service is to be

performed, e.g., grass cutting.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results X2 Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Z7 Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identiflcation Code Qualifler X ID 1/2

35FED850 188 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

N104

X N105

X N106

67

706

98

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67).

I'Vhile the federal EDI program uses the DUNS number, other government users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and additional

numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing data bases

to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun «fe Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify an entity.

Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC^

Use to indicate either a Department ofDefense or

Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

10

33

A2

35FED850 189 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N2 Additional Name Information

360

Nl

Detail

Optional

2To specily additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref. Pes. N201

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Data Element Summary

Name

Name

Free-form name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 190 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N3 Address Information

370

Nl

Detail

Optional

2To specify the location of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref.

Pes,

N301

N302

Data

Element

166

166

Data Element Summary

Name

Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED850 191 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N4 Geographic Location

380

Nl

Detail

Optional

1To specify the geograpliic place of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in N103/N104.

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of eitlier N401 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Ref. Pes. N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Attributes

O AN 2/30

Data Element Summary

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency. Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. AR Armed Services Location Designation Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR, cite the tM'o letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED850 192 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 • Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

390

Nl

Detail

Optional

12To specify identifying numbers.

Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., when NlOl is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or a code used in place of financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting

number.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to tlie appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MJLSTRIP/FEDSTRJP

document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED850 193 AprU24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

400

Nl

Detail

Optional

3To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be

directed Use this 2/PER/400 segment to identify the accepting official either at origin (NlOl is code C4) or at destination (NlOl is code ST).

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. PEROl

Data

Element

366

PER02

PER03

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes Grants Management Specialists.

CN General Contact When NlOl is code ST, use to indicate the accepting

official at destination. PP Program Manager

RP Responsible Person When NlOl is code C4, use to indicate the accepting

official at origin.

93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to provide the party's title 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU

EM

FX

IT

TE

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

35FED850 194 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PER04

PER05

PER06

PER07

PER08

PER09

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including countiy or area code when

applicable.

365 Communication Number Qualifler X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including coimtry or area code when

applicable.

365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number. Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor TE. FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including coimtry or area code when

applicable.

443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number. Use , ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED850 195 AprU24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

SCH Line Item Schedule

415

Nl

Detail

Optional

200

To specify the data for scheduling a specific line item. Use this segment to identify a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual date and is applicable to a named entity. 1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required. 2 If SCH08 is present, tlien at least one of SCH09 or SCHIO is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCHIO is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH12 is the schedule identification. 1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. SCHOl

SCH02

Data

Element

380

355

X

M

SCH03

SCH04

SCH05

98

93

374

Name Attributes

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCXI2 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of)

35FED850 196 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

IVhen this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

358 Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. M SCH06 373 Date M DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

SCH07 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHMMformat.

SCH08 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not conform to the basic IDC instrument. 017 Esti mated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. Oil Requested for Deliver>' (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

35FED850 197 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. SCH09 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

SCHIO 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD - decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tentJis (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the HHMMformat.

SCHll 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number).

Use, as applicable, to cross-reference the cited line item, for example, to an RFQ or requisition number.

SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

35FED850 198 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

430

Nl

Detail

Optional

12To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information

Use this 2/TD5/430 segment to identify the transportation method applicable to a named

entity for a specific line item.

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD5 12 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD5 10 is present, then TD5 1 1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating tlie system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number in TD503 is the DoDAAC ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying tlie method or type of transportation for the shipment.

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

X TD505

X TD506

387

368

D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction.

35FED850 199 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identiiying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. When BEG02 is code EO, use to identify the transportation requirements to

satisfy the emergency order.

2. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 200 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

450

Nl

Detail

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

Use this 2/TD4/450 segment when the special handling or hazardous material

information is applicable to a named entity for a specific line item.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes. TD401

Data

Element

152

TD402

TD403

TD404

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

m 2/3

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED850 201 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 460

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements. Notes: 1. Use this 2/PKG/460 segment to identify packaging requirements applicable to a named entity for a specific line item.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container, the number of

unit containers in an intermediate container; a requirement for palletized loads or shrink

wrap; or the gross weight, cube and dimensions of a unit container or an intermediate

container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. When different physical detail information is required for the same line item going to various ship-to addressees, SUBCLINS must be used.

1 At least one ofPKG04PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGOl = "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGOl = '"S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOI = ""X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes,

PKGOl

Data

Element

349

PKG02 753

Name Attributes

Item Description Type X m 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-fonn

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi -structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

35FED850 202 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PKG03 559

PKG04 754

PKG05 352

PM

PML

SMK

UC

UCL

WM

Agency Qualifier Code

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the second position signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

Preservation Method

Preservation Material

Special Marking

Unit Container

Unit Container Level

Wrapping Material

X ID 2/2

Code identifying tlie agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available in the ASCX12 Version/Release 3060. Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list wliich provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

L The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

35FED850 203 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. X PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 204 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 462

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services. Notes: 1. Use this 2/LDT/462 loop if the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence of some event, and the ship-to address differs by line item. If the

delivery schedule is the same for all the ship-to addressees for the line item, use the 2/LDT/321 loop.

2. The following are examples of how this LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*EAn/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month commencing

180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*MOn/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter

commencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90 *DA n/1 QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/1 QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/1 LDT*AM*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*1000*MOn/l

QTY*lK*10*MOn/l

LDT*AK*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*500*EAn/l

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is tlie quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range. AA From date of PO receipt to sample ready.

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment.

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment.

AF Fi om date of PO receipt to delivery.

35FED850 205 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

AH

AI

AJ

AK

AM

AV

AW

AX

AY

AZ

From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article Approval

From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in the following MSG segment. Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting ofshipping

instructions, cite the contact communications number

in the 2/PER/l 1 0 segment.

From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

Subsequent Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Completion

From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item M LDT02

M LDT03

380

344

Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit of Time Period or Interval Code indicating the time period or interval

M R 1/15

M D) 2/2

LDT04 373

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate a flexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example, the start date of

the cited activity.

35FED850 206 AprU24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 464

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify marks and numbers associated with a ship-to addressee.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number. Transportation Control

number. Project Priority number, and consignee related codes. Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When botli MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Name Attributes

Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED850 207 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 466

Loop; LDT

Level: Detail Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify quantity information. Notes: I . Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be delivered in accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length of the delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

of shipments.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M QTYOl 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity.

IJ Due

The amount due to the customer

IVhen QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to he

delivered. IK Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours) Vse to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

52 Number of Originals Use to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

Hem on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. K6 Drafts Use to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. KF Duplicates Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements list that are to be delivered. SA Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to complete the deliverable quantity.

M QTY02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

7. When QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe delivery period in this data

35FED850 208 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measiu-ement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCXI2 codes. DA Days

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is

j code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

li 17? Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 209 April 24, 1995
Federal 830 • Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

MSG Message Text 468

LDT

Detail

Optional

1To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Attributes

M AN 1/264

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer,

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED850 210 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 469

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3 Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc. Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

10 Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. IZ Financial Detail Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

FU Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

JL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

REF02 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED850 211 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 600

Loop: AMT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount.

Notes: This segment can be used to specify the amount associated with the ACRN (REFOl is code AX), to specify the total funds obligated against the line item cited in POlOl (the

total of all amounts associated with an ACRN), and to specify amounts associated with an award fee, incentive, fixed-fee, or cost sharing line items. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMTOl 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

For correct use ofthe following codes in variousfee andprofit arrangements

by type ofcontract, see Appendix B.

1 Line Item Total

29 Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract 30 Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined efifort 32 Target Fee or Profit Amount

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contract effort 33 Original Contract Target Cost Value of the original negotiated contract 70 Open Commitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for payment (such as on delivery of products)

E9 Initial Fee Beginning charge before any reductions

FE Fee K4 Initial Target Fee K5 Minimum Fee K6 Maximum Fee KC Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a

successful performance by another party, (e.g.,funds

obligated on a contract)

When REFOl is code AXor 2V, use to indicate the funds associated with an ACRN or Special ACRN that are obligated against a line item. KD Undefinitized

35FED850 212 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

M AMT02 782

X AMT03 478

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a fiiture date Use to indicate an undefinitized amount. KO Committed Amount

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

ZQ Initial Target Cost Monetary Amount MR 1/15

Monetary amount.

Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 213 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

610

AMT

Detail

Optional

1To specify identifying numbers.

Use this segment to identily reference numbers applicable to an amount cited in AMT02, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, accounting code, appropriation number, etc. 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

2V

AT

AX

FU

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Special Government Accounting Classification Reference Number (ACRN)

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Project Code

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED850 214 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LM Code Source Information

620

LM

Detail

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

Use this loop to provide data to field contract administration offices that cannot be

provided by other means within this transaction set.

LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

35FED850 215 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Industry Code

Position: 630

Loop: LM

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. LQOl

Data

Element

1270 Code List Qualifier Code O D) 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Name Attributes

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention Use to indicate special clauses/provisions.

A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies tlie originating organization's unique logistics

information

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

35FED850 216 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

CTT Transaction Totals

010

Summaiy

Mandatory

1To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set

1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then tlie other is required.

1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

M

Ref. Pes. CTTOl

CTT02

X

X

X

X

CTT03

CTT04

CTT05

CTT06

CTT07

Data

Element

354

347

81

355

183

355

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Number of Line Items M NO 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set. Use to identify the total number ofPOl segments contained in this transaction

set. Hash Total O R 1/10

Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in tlie data element will be summed witliout regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs.

Truncation will occur on tlie left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of tlie data element. Example: -.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. . 18 Second occurrence of value being hashed.

1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence of value

being hashed. 1855 Hash total prior to truncation. 855 Hash total after truncation to three-digit field. Use to identify the sum ofthe quantities (POl 02) for all POl segments.

Weight X R 1/10

Numeric value of weight.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or marmer in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Volume X R 1/8

Value of volumetric measure. Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED850 217 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 020

Loop:

Level: Summary

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount.

Notes: Use this segment to specify the total value of the award instrument.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMTOl 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

29 Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract Use to indicate the total award instrument price is an

estimate. 30 Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort Use to indicate the contract ceiling price forfixedprice contracts with retroactive price redetermination.

KD Undefmitized

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a future date Use to indicate an undefinitized amount. TT Total Transaction Amount

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is not an estimate. TY Total at Complete

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is incrementallyfunded. For grants, include the

total amount committedfor the entire project period.

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/15

Monetary amount. X AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED850 218 April 24. 1995
Federal 850 • Award Imtrumeot RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

SE Transaction Set Trailer

030

Summary

Mandatoiy

1To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted

segments (including the begirming (ST) and ending (SE) segments).

1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. M SEOl

M SEOl

Data

Element

96

329

Name Attributes

Number of Included Segments M NO 1/10

Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE

segments.

Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number tliat must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by tlie originator for a transaction set Enter the same number as the one carried in ST02.

35FED850 219 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

APPENDIX A

COST. FEE. AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

BEG09 Code AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB 33 Target Cost CA/CB 32 Target Fee CA/CB K5 Minimum Fee CA/CB K6 Maximum Fee CH KG Contractor Firm Share

CH 70 Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW 33 Cost CW FE Base Fee CW E9 Fixed Fee FB/FC 33 Target Cost FB/FC 32 Target Profit FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA For fixed-price contracts with prospective price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 29 for contract total amount; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 1 when CNlOl is code FR for Firm Fixed Price

Items, and code 29 when CNlOl is code FD for re determinable items

without a ceiling price or code 30 for re determinable items with a ceiling

price.

ZZ NA For fixed-price contracts with retroactive price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 30 for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZ for fixed ceiling

price if items subject to differing contract type are present in the same

contract. FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit FF/FG K6 Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG K5 Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FH 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee FH E9 Fixed Fee FJ//FX/LH/TM NA Use tlie 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount

FK NA No cost or price information required

35FED850 220 April 24, 1995
Federal 850 - Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

APPENDIX B

COST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

CNlOl Code AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB 33 Target Cost CA/CB 32 Target Fee CA/CB K5 Minimum Fee CA/CB K6 Maximum Fee CH KO Contractor Finn Share

CH 70 Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW 33 Cost CW FE Base Fee CW E9 Fixed Fee FB/FC 33 Target Cost FB/FC 32 Target Profit FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA For fixed-price contracts with prospective price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 29 for contract total amount; and use Ihe

0 / A A^T'/z^nn c/^OTtT An t rrxH 1 ^i/li^^n 101 i c r*r\rl(^ T^T? for T^i t*m Pi vA/HI Pri/^A Z/ /vlVl 1 / UWU dC^iUCiIL wUUC 1 WllCII V^INlUi lo L-UUC rXx. lUl T 11 111 x lACU STl IL-C Ttfrn^ anH cndp 99 vvhf*n C^MlOl code FD for re determin?ihle items

without a ceiling price or code 30 for re determinable items with a ceiling

price. zz NA For fixed-price contracts with retroactive price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 30 for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZ for fixed ceiling

price if items subject to differing contract t>pe are present in the same

contract. FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit FF/FG K6 Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG K5 Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price FH 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee FH E9 Fixed Fee FJ//FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount

FK NA No cost or price information required

35FED850 22] April 24, 1995

• U.S. COVER.VKENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19 9 5- 386-62 7/47908.

Technical Publications

Periodical

Journal of Research of the National Institute of Standards and Technology—Reports NIST research and development in those disciplines of the physical and engineering sciences in which the Institute is active. These include physics, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and computer sciences. Papers cover a broad range of subjects, with major emphasis on measurement methodology and the basic technology

underlying standardization. Also included from time to time are survey articles on topics closely related to the Institute's technical and scientific programs. Issued six times a year.

Nonperiodicals

Monographs—Major contributions to the technical literature on various subjects related to the

Institute's scientific and technical activities. Handbooks—Recommended codes of engineering and industrial practice (including safety codes) devel- oped in cooperation with interested industries, professional organizations, and regulatory bodies. Special Publications—Include proceedings of conferences sponsored by NIST, NIST annual reports, and

other special publications appropriate to this grouping such as wall charts, pocket cards, and bibliographies.

National Standard Reference Data Series—Provides quantitative data on the physical and chemical

properties of materials, compiled from the world's literature and critically evaluated. Developed under a worldwide program coordinated by NIST under the authority of the National Standard Data Act (Public

Law 90-396). NOTE: The Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data (JPCRD) is published

bimonthly for NIST by the American Chemical Society (ACS) and the American Institute of Physics (AIP).

Subscriptions, reprints, and supplements are available from ACS, 1155 Sixteenth St., NW, Washington, DC

20056.

Building Science Series—Disseminates technical information developed at the Institute on building

materials, components, systems, and whole structures. The series presents research results, test methods, and

performance criteria related to the structural and environmental functions and the durability and safety

characteristics of building elements and systems.

Technical Notes—Studies or reports which are complete in themselves but restrictive in their treatment of

a subject. Analogous to monographs but not so comprehensive in scope or definitive in treatment of the subject area. Often serve as a vehicle for final reports of work performed at NIST under the sponsorship of

other government agencies.

Voluntary Product Standards—Developed under procedures published by the Department of Commerce

in Part 10, Title 15, of the Code of Federal Regulations. The standards establish nationally recognized

requirements for products, and provide all concerned interests with a basis for common understanding of

the characteristics of the products. NIST administers this program in support of the efforts of private-sector

standardizing organizations.

Order the following NIST publications—FIPS and NISTIRs—from the National Technical Information

Service, Springfield, VA 22161.

Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FTPS PUB)—Publications in this series collectively constitute the Federal Information Processing Standards Register. The Register serves as the

official source of information in the Federal Government regarding standards issued by NIST pursuant to the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 as amended. Public Law 89-306 (79 Stat. 1127), and as implemented by Executive Order 11717 (38 FR 12315, dated May 11, 1973) and Part 6 of

Title 15 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations).

NIST Interagency Reports (NISTIR)—A special series of interim or final reports on work performed by

NIST for outside sponsors (both government and nongovernment). In general, initial distribution is handled

by the sponsor; public distribution is by the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161,

in paper copy or microfiche form.
o

u

c

B

o

T3

B

sa

OSOS ^§

,0 C U

. O J=

s

•S -g

i*

O cu